diff --git a/openair2/RRC/NR/MESSAGES/asn1c/ASN1_files/NR-RRC-38331-f10.asn b/openair2/RRC/NR/MESSAGES/asn1c/ASN1_files/NR-RRC-38331-f10.asn
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000000000000000000000000000000000..7697ea7d0752d472972ad7707f6c4faf5398eb95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/openair2/RRC/NR/MESSAGES/asn1c/ASN1_files/NR-RRC-38331-f10.asn
@@ -0,0 +1,5853 @@
+-- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-START
+
+NR-RRC-Definitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
+
+BEGIN
+
+-- TAG-NR-RRC-DEFINITIONS-STOP
+-- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-START
+
+BCCH-BCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
+ message BCCH-BCH-MessageType
+}
+
+BCCH-BCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
+ mib MIB,
+ messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {}
+}
+
+-- TAG-BCCH-BCH-MESSAGE-STOP
+-- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START
+
+DL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
+ message DL-DCCH-MessageType
+}
+
+DL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
+ c1 CHOICE {
+ rrcReconfiguration RRCReconfiguration,
+ spare15 NULL, spare14 NULL, spare13 NULL,
+ spare12 NULL, spare11 NULL, spare10 NULL,
+ spare9 NULL, spare8 NULL, spare7 NULL,
+ spare6 NULL, spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL,
+ spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
+ },
+ messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {}
+}
+
+-- TAG-DL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
+-- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-START
+
+UL-DCCH-Message ::= SEQUENCE {
+ message UL-DCCH-MessageType
+}
+
+UL-DCCH-MessageType ::= CHOICE {
+ c1 CHOICE {
+ measurementReport MeasurementReport,
+ rrcReconfigurationComplete RRCReconfigurationComplete,
+ spare14 NULL, spare13 NULL, spare12 NULL,
+ spare11 NULL, spare10 NULL, spare9 NULL,
+ spare8 NULL, spare7 NULL, spare6 NULL,
+ spare5 NULL, spare4 NULL, spare3 NULL,
+ spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
+ },
+ messageClassExtension SEQUENCE {}
+}
+
+-- TAG-UL-DCCH-MESSAGE-STOP
+-- TAG-MIB-START
+
+MIB ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The 6 most significant bit (MSB) of the 10 bit System Frame Number. The 4 LSB of the SFN are conveyed in the PBCH transport block
+ -- as well but outside the MIB.
+ systemFrameNumber BIT STRING (SIZE (6)),
+
+ -- Subcarrier spacing for SIB1, Msg.2/4 for initial access and broadcast SI-messages.
+ -- If the UE acquires this MIB on a carrier frequency <6GHz, the values 15 and 30 kHz are applicable.
+ -- If the UE acquires this MIB on a carrier frequency >6GHz, the values 60 and 120 kHz are applicable.
+ subCarrierSpacingCommon ENUMERATED {scs15or60, scs30or120},
+
+ -- The frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers. (See 38.211, section 7.4.3.1)
+ -- Note: For frequencies <6 GHz a fith, this field may comprise only the 4 least significant bits of the ssb-SubcarrierOffset.
+ -- The codepoint "FFS_RAN1" indicates that this cell does not provide SIB1 and that there is hence no common CORESET.
+ ssb-SubcarrierOffset INTEGER (0..15),
+
+ -- Position of (first) DL DM-RS. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-DMRS-typeA-pos' (see 38.211, section 7.4.1.1.1)
+ dmrs-TypeA-Position ENUMERATED {pos2, pos3},
+
+ -- Determines a bandwidth for PDCCH/SIB, a common ControlResourceSet (CORESET) a common search space and necessary PDCCH parameters.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'RMSI-PDCCH-Config' (see FFS_Specification, section FFS_Section)
+ pdcch-ConfigSIB1 INTEGER (0..255),
+
+ -- Indicates that UE shall not camp on this cell
+ cellBarred ENUMERATED {barred, notBarred},
+
+ -- Controls cell reselection to intra-frequency cells when the highest ranked cell is barred, or treated as barred by the UE,
+ -- as specified in TS 38.304.
+ intraFreqReselection ENUMERATED {allowed, notAllowed},
+ spare BIT STRING (SIZE (1))
+}
+
+-- TAG-MIB-STOP
+-- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-START
+
+MeasurementReport ::= SEQUENCE {
+ criticalExtensions CHOICE {
+ measurementReport MeasurementReport-IEs,
+ criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
+ }
+}
+
+MeasurementReport-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measResults MeasResults,
+
+ lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEASUREMENTREPORT-STOP
+-- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-START
+
+RRCReconfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
+ criticalExtensions CHOICE {
+ rrcReconfiguration RRCReconfiguration-IEs,
+ criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
+ }
+}
+
+RRCReconfiguration-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Configuration of Radio Bearers (DRBs, SRBs) including SDAP/PDCP.
+ -- In EN-DC this field may only be present if the RRCReconfiguration
+ -- is transmitted over SRB3.
+ radioBearerConfig RadioBearerConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Configuration of secondary cell group (EN-DC):
+ secondaryCellGroup OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CellGroupConfig) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ measConfig MeasConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATION-STOP
+-- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-START
+
+RRCReconfigurationComplete ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
+ criticalExtensions CHOICE {
+ rrcReconfigurationComplete RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs,
+ criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
+ }
+}
+
+RRCReconfigurationComplete-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
+ lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-RRCRECONFIGURATIONCOMPLETE-STOP
+-- TAG-SIB1-START
+
+SIB1 ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- FFS / TODO: Add other parameters.
+
+ -- Frequency offset for the SSB of -5kHz (M=-1) or +5kHz (M=1). When the field is absent, the UE applies no offset (M=0).
+ -- The offset is only applicable for the frequency range 0-2.65GHz. Corresponds to parameter 'M' (see 38.101, section FFS_Section)
+ frequencyOffsetSSB ENUMERATED {khz-5, khz5} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Time domain positions of the transmitted SS-blocks in an SS-Burst-Set (see 38.213, section 4.1)
+ ssb-PositionsInBurst SEQUENCE {
+ -- Indicates the presence of the up to 8 SSBs in one group
+ inOneGroup BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
+ -- For above 6 GHz: indicates which groups of SSBs is present
+ groupPresence BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) OPTIONAL -- Cond above6GHzOnly
+ },
+
+ -- The SSB periodicity in msec for the rate matching purpose (see 38.211, section [7.4.3.1])
+ ssb-PeriodicityServingCell ENUMERATED {ms5, ms10, ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160, spare1, spare2},
+
+ -- TX power that the NW used for SSB transmission. The UE uses it to estimate the RA preamble TX power.
+ -- (see 38.213, section 7.4)
+ ss-PBCH-BlockPower INTEGER (-60..50),
+
+ uplinkConfigCommon UplinkConfigCommon OPTIONAL,
+ -- FFS: How to indicate the FrequencyInfoUL for the SUL
+ supplementaryUplink SEQUENCE {
+ uplinkConfigCommon UplinkConfigCommon OPTIONAL
+ -- FFS: Add additional (selection) criteria determining when/whether the UE shall use the SUL frequency
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond SUL
+
+ tdd-UL-DL-Configuration TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
+ tdd-UL-DL-configurationCommon2 TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
+
+ pdcch-ConfigCommon PDCCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL,
+ pucch-ConfigCommon PUCCH-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL,
+
+ lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE{} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-SIB1-STOP
+-- TAG-SETUP-RELEASE-START
+
+SetupRelease { ElementTypeParam } ::= CHOICE {
+ release NULL,
+ setup ElementTypeParam
+}
+
+-- TAG-SETUP-RELEASE-STOP
+-- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-START
+
+AdditionalSpectrumEmission ::= INTEGER (0..7)
+
+-- TAG-ADDITIONALSPECTRUMEMISSION-STOP
+-- TAG-ALPHA-START
+
+Alpha ::= ENUMERATED {alpha0, alpha04, alpha05, alpha06, alpha07, alpha08, alpha09, alpha1}
+
+-- TAG-ALPHA-STOP
+-- TAG-ARFCN-VALUE-NR-START
+
+ARFCN-ValueNR ::= INTEGER (0..3279165)
+
+-- TAG-ARFCN-VALUE-NR-STOP
+-- TAG-BANDWIDTH-PART-START
+
+
+-- Generic parameters used in Uplink- and Downlink bandwidth parts
+BWP ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Frequency domain location and bandwidth of this bandwidth part defined commonly in a table (FFS_Section). The location is given as
+ -- distance (in number of PRBs) to point A (absoluteFrequencyPointA in FrequencyInfoDL).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-BWP-loc'. (see 38.211, section FFS_Section).
+ -- In case of TDD, a BWP-pair (UL BWP and DL BWP with the same bwp-Id) must have the same location (see 38.211, section REF)
+ locationAndBandwidth INTEGER (0..37949),
+ -- Subcarrier spacing to be used in this BWP for all channels and
+ -- reference signals unless explicitly configured elsewhere.
+ -- Corresponds to subcarrier spacing according to 38.211, Table 4.2-1.
+ -- The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, kHz30 to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are
+ -- applicable.
+ subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
+ -- Indicates whether to use the extended cyclic prefix for this bandwidth part. If not set, the UE uses the normal cyclic prefix.
+ -- Normal CP is supported for all numerologies and slot formats. Extended CP is supported only for 60 kHz subcarrier spacing.
+ -- (see 38.211, section 4.2.2)
+ cyclicPrefix ENUMERATED { extended } OPTIONAL -- Need R
+}
+
+BWP-Uplink ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular
+ -- bandwidth part. The BWP ID=0 is always associated with the initial BWP and may hence not be used here (in other bandwidth parts).
+ -- The NW may trigger the UE to swtich UL or DL BWP using a DCI field. The four code points in that DCI field map to the RRC-configured
+ -- BWP-ID as follows: For up to 3 configured BWPs (in addition to the initial BWP) the DCI code point is equivalent to the BWP ID
+ -- (initial = 0, first dedicated = 1, ...). If the NW configures 4 dedicated bandwidth parts, they are identified by DCI code
+ -- points 0 to 3. In this case it is not possible to switch to the initial BWP using the DCI field.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-BWP-index'. (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12)
+ bwp-Id BWP-Id,
+ bwp-Common BWP-UplinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ bwp-Dedicated BWP-UplinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+BWP-UplinkCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ genericParameters BWP,
+ -- Configuration of cell specific random access parameters which the UE uses for contention based and contention free random access
+ -- as well as for contention based beam failure recovery.
+ rach-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { RACH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Cell specific parameters for the PUSCH
+ pusch-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { PUSCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Cell specific parameters for the PUCCH
+ pucch-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { PUCCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+BWP-UplinkDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- PUCCH configuration for one BWP of the regular UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL, the network
+ -- configures PUCCH only on the BWPs of one of the uplinks (UL or SUL).
+ pucch-Config SetupRelease { PUCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- PUSCH configuration for one BWP of the regular UL or SUL of a serving cell. If the UE is configured with SUL and
+ -- if it has a PUSCH-Config for both UL and SUL, a carrier indicator field in DCI indicates for which of the two to use an UL grant.
+ -- See also L1 parameter 'dynamicPUSCHSUL' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ pusch-Config SetupRelease { PUSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- A Configured-Grant of typ1 or type2. It may be configured for Ul or SUL but in case of type1 [FFS also type2] not for both at a time.
+ configuredGrantConfig SetupRelease { ConfiguredGrantConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Uplink sounding reference signal configuration
+ srs-Config SetupRelease { SRS-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Determines how the UE performs Beam Failure Recovery upon detection of a Beam Failure (see RadioLinkMonitoringConfig)
+ beamFailureRecoveryConfig SetupRelease { BeamFailureRecoveryConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+
+BWP-Downlink ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- An identifier for this bandwidth part. Other parts of the RRC configuration use the BWP-Id to associate themselves with a particular
+ -- bandwidth part. The BWP ID=0 is always associated with the initial BWP and may hence not be used here. (in other bandwidth parts).
+ -- The NW may trigger the UE to swtich UL or DL BWP using a DCI field. The four code points in that DCI field map to the RRC-configured
+ -- BWP-ID as follows: For up to 3 configured BWPs (in addition to the initial BWP) the DCI code point is equivalent to the BWP ID
+ -- (initial = 0, first dedicated = 1, ...). If the NW configures 4 dedicated bandwidth parts, they are identified by DCI code
+ -- points 0 to 3. In this case it is not possible to switch to the initial BWP using the DCI field.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-BWP-index'. (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12)
+ bwp-Id BWP-Id,
+ bwp-Common BWP-DownlinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ bwp-Dedicated BWP-DownlinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+
+BWP-DownlinkCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ genericParameters BWP,
+ pdcch-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { PDCCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ pdsch-ConfigCommon SetupRelease { PDSCH-ConfigCommon } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+BWP-DownlinkDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pdcch-Config SetupRelease { PDCCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ pdsch-Config SetupRelease { PDSCH-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ sps-Config SetupRelease { SPS-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ radioLinkMonitoringConfig SetupRelease { RadioLinkMonitoringConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+
+-- TAG-BANDWIDTH-PART-STOP
+-- TAG-BWP-ID-START
+
+BWP-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofBWPs)
+
+-- TAG-BWP-ID-STOP
+-- TAG-BEAM-FAILURE-RECOVERY-CONFIG-START
+
+BeamFailureRecoveryConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rootSequenceIndex-BFR INTEGER (0..137) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Configuration of contention free random access occasions for BFR
+ rach-ConfigBFR RACH-ConfigGeneric OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- L1-RSRP threshold used for determining whether a candidate beam may be used by the UE to attempt contention free
+ -- Random Access to recover from beam failure. The signalled threshold is applied directly for SSB, a threshold for
+ -- CSI-RS is determined by linearly scaling singalled value based on Pc_ss corresponding to the CSI-RS resource.
+ -- (see FFS_Specification, FFS_Section)
+ candidateBeamThreshold RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- A list of reference signals (CSI-RS and/or SSB) identifying the candidate beams for recover and the associated RA parameters
+ candidateBeamRSList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCandidateBeams)) OF PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321. The mask is valid for all SSB resources
+ ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Control Resource Set that the UE uses to receive the random access response for beam failure recovery.
+ -- If the field is absent the UE uses the initial CORESET (ControlResourceSetId = 0)
+ recoveryControlResourceSetId ControlResourceSetId OPTIONAL , -- Need S
+ -- Search space to use for BFR RAR. If the field is absent, the UE uses the initial Serach Space (SearchSpaceId = 0).
+ recoverySearchSpaceId SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ ...
+}
+
+PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR ::= CHOICE {
+ ssb BFR-SSB-Resource,
+ csi-RS BFR-CSIRS-Resource
+}
+
+BFR-SSB-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell. It determines a candidate beam for beam failure recovery (BFR)
+ ssb SSB-Index,
+ -- The preamble index that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
+ ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63),
+ ...
+}
+
+BFR-CSIRS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The ID of a NZP-CSI-RS-Resource configured in the CSI-MeasConfig of this serving cell. This reference signal determines a candidate beam
+ -- for beam failure recovery (BFR).
+ csi-RS NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+ -- RA occasions that the UE shall use when performing BFR upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS. If the field is absent
+ -- the UE uses the RA occasion associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
+ -- The RA preamble index to use in the RA occasions associated with this CSI-RS. If the field is absent, the UE uses the preamble index
+ -- associated with the SSB that is QCLed with this CSI-RS.
+ ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-BEAM-FAILURE-RECOVERY-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-START
+
+-- Configuration of one Cell-Group:
+CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ cellGroupId CellGroupId,
+
+ -- Logical Channel configuration and association with radio bearers:
+ rlc-BearerToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF RLC-Bearer-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ rlc-BearerToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxLC-ID)) OF LogicalChannelIdentity OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Parameters applicable for the entire cell group:
+ mac-CellGroupConfig MAC-CellGroupConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ physicalCellGroupConfig PhysicalCellGroupConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Serving Cell specific parameters (SpCell and SCells)
+ spCellConfig SpCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ sCellToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ -- List of seconary serving cells to be released (not applicable for SpCells)
+ sCellToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSCells)) OF SCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ ...
+}
+
+-- The ID of a cell group. 0 identifies the master cell group. Other values identify secondary cell groups.
+-- In this version of the specification only values 0 and 1 are supported.
+-- FFS: This should be moved to be own IE section
+CellGroupId ::= INTEGER (0.. maxSecondaryCellGroups)
+
+
+RLC-Bearer-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- ID used commonly for the MAC logical channel and for the RLC bearer.
+ logicalChannelIdentity LogicalChannelIdentity,
+
+ -- Associates the RLC Bearer with an SRB or a DRB. The UE shall deliver DL RLC SDUs received via the RLC entity of this
+ -- RLC bearer to the PDCP entity of the servedRadioBearer. Furthermore, the UE shall advertise and deliver uplink PDCP PDUs of the
+ -- uplink PDCP entity of the servedRadioBearer to the uplink RLC entity of this RLC bearer unless the uplink scheduling
+ -- restrictions ('moreThanOneRLC' in PDCP-Config and the restrictions in LogicalChannelConfig) forbid it to do so.
+ servedRadioBearer CHOICE {
+ srb-Identity SRB-Identity,
+ drb-Identity DRB-Identity
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-SetupOnly
+
+ reestablishRLC ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ rlc-Config RLC-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-Setup
+
+ mac-LogicalChannelConfig LogicalChannelConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond LCH-Setup
+ ...
+}
+
+LogicalChannelIdentity ::= INTEGER (1..maxLC-ID)
+
+-- Cell-Group specific L1 parameters
+PhysicalCellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Enables spatial bundling of HARQ ACKs. It is configured per cell group (i.e. for all the cells within the cell group) for PUCCH
+ -- reporting of HARQ-ACK. It is only applicable when more than 4 layers are possible to schedule.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'HARQ-ACK-spatial-bundling' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ -- Absence indicates that spatial bundling is disabled.
+ harq-ACK-SpatialBundlingPUCCH ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Enables spatial bundling of HARQ ACKs. It is configured per cell group (i.e. for all the cells within the cell group) for PUSCH
+ -- reporting of HARQ-ACK. It is only applicable when more than 4 layers are possible to schedule.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'HARQ-ACK-spatial-bundling' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ -- Absence indicates that spatial bundling is disabled.
+ harq-ACK-SpatialBundlingPUSCH ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- The maximum transmit power to be used by the UE in this NR cell group.
+ p-NR P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- The PDSCH HARQ-ACK codebook is either semi-static of dynamic. This is applicable to both CA and none CA operation.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'HARQ-ACK-codebook' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ pdsch-HARQ-ACK-Codebook ENUMERATED {semiStatic, dynamic},
+ -- RNTI used for SRS TPC commands on DCI. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TPC-SRS-RNTI' (see 38.213, section 10)
+ tpc-SRS-RNTI RNTI-Value OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- RNTI used for PUCCH TPC commands on DCI. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TPC-PUCCH-RNTI' (see 38.213, section 10).
+ tpc-PUCCH-RNTI RNTI-Value OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- RNTI used for PUSCH TPC commands on DCI. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TPC-PUSCH-RNTI' (see 38.213, section 10)
+ tpc-PUSCH-RNTI RNTI-Value OPTIONAL,-- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+
+-- Serving cell specific MAC and PHY parameters for a SpCell:
+SpCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Serving cell ID of a PSCell (the PCell of the Master Cell Group uses ID = 0)
+ servCellIndex ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCG
+ -- Parameters for the synchronous reconfiguration to the target SpCell:
+ reconfigurationWithSync ReconfigurationWithSync OPTIONAL, -- Cond ReconfWithSync
+ rlf-TimersAndConstants SetupRelease { RLF-TimersAndConstants } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ rlmInSyncOutOfSyncThreshold INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ spCellConfigDedicated ServingCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+ReconfigurationWithSync ::= SEQUENCE {
+ spCellConfigCommon ServingCellConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ newUE-Identity RNTI-Value,
+ t304 ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms10000},
+ rach-ConfigDedicated CHOICE {
+ uplink RACH-ConfigDedicated,
+ supplementaryUplink RACH-ConfigDedicated
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ ...
+}
+
+SCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ sCellIndex SCellIndex,
+ sCellConfigCommon ServingCellConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAdd
+ sCellConfigDedicated ServingCellConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond SCellAddMod
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-START
+CodebookConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- CodebookType including possibly sub-types and the corresponding parameters for each. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CodebookType'
+ -- (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2)
+ codebookType CHOICE {
+ type1 SEQUENCE {
+ subType CHOICE {
+ typeI-SinglePanel SEQUENCE {
+ nrOfAntennaPorts CHOICE {
+ two SEQUENCE {
+ -- Codebook subset restriction for 2TX codebook
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter ' TypeI-SinglePanel-2Tx-CodebookSubsetRestriction' (see 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.1)
+ twoTX-CodebookSubsetRestriction BIT STRING (SIZE (6))
+ },
+ moreThanTwo SEQUENCE {
+ -- Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameters 'CodebookConfig-N1', 'CodebookConfig-N2'
+ -- 'TypeI-SinglePanel-CodebookSubsetRestriction ' (see 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.1)
+ n1-n2 CHOICE {
+ two-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
+ two-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
+ four-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
+ three-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (96)),
+ six-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (24)),
+ four-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (128)),
+ eight-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
+ four-three-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (192)),
+ six-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (192)),
+ twelve-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (48)),
+ four-four-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)),
+ eight-two-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)),
+ sixteen-one-TypeI-SinglePanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64))
+ },
+ -- i2 codebook subset restriction for Type I Single-panel codebook used when reportQuantity is CRI/Ri/i1/CQI
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeI-SinglePanel-CodebookSubsetRestriction-i2' (see 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.1)
+ typeI-SinglePanel-codebookSubsetRestriction-i2 BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL
+ }
+ },
+ -- Restriction for RI for TypeI-SinglePanel-RI-Restriction
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeI-SinglePanel-RI-Restriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2.1)
+ typeI-SinglePanel-ri-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8))
+ },
+ typeI-MultiPanel SEQUENCE {
+ -- Codebook subset restriction for Type I Multi-panel codebook
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeI-MultiPanel-CodebookSubsetRestriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2.2)
+ ng-n1-n2 CHOICE {
+ two-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
+ two-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
+ four-two-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
+ two-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (128)),
+ two-eight-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
+ four-four-one-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (64)),
+ two-four-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256)),
+ four-two-two-TypeI-MultiPanel-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (256))
+ },
+ -- Restriction for RI for TypeI-MultiPanel-RI-Restriction
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeI-MultiPanel-RI-Restriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2.2)
+ ri-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (4))
+ }
+ },
+ -- CodebookMode as specified in 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.2
+ codebookMode INTEGER (1..2)
+
+ },
+ type2 SEQUENCE {
+ subType CHOICE {
+ typeII SEQUENCE {
+ -- Number of antenna ports in first (n1) and second (n2) dimension and codebook subset restriction
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameters 'CodebookConfig-N1', 'CodebookConfig-N2'
+ -- The CHOICE name indicates the value of n1 and n2, the CHOICE contents is the codebook subset restriction bitmap
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter ' TypeII-CodebookSubsetRestriction' (see 38.214 section 5.2.2.2.3)
+ -- Number of bits for codebook subset restriction is ceil(log2(nchoosek(O1*O2,4)))+8*n1*n2 where nchoosek(a,b) = a!/(b!(a-b)!)
+ n1-n2-codebookSubsetRestriction CHOICE {
+ two-one BIT STRING (SIZE (16)),
+ two-two BIT STRING (SIZE (139)),
+ four-one BIT STRING (SIZE (32)),
+ three-two BIT STRING (SIZE (59)),
+ six-one BIT STRING (SIZE (49)),
+ four-two BIT STRING (SIZE (75)),
+ eight-one BIT STRING (SIZE (65)),
+ four-three BIT STRING (SIZE (107)),
+ six-two BIT STRING (SIZE (107)),
+ twelve-one BIT STRING (SIZE (129)),
+ four-four BIT STRING (SIZE (139)),
+ eight-two BIT STRING (SIZE (139)),
+ sixteen-one BIT STRING (SIZE (129))
+ },
+ -- Restriction for RI for TypeII-RI-Restriction
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeII-RI-Restriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.2.3)
+ typeII-RI-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
+ },
+ typeII-PortSelection SEQUENCE {
+ -- The size of the port selection codebook (parameter d)
+ portSelectionSamplingSize ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL, -- Cond TypeII-PortSelection
+ -- Restriction for RI for TypeII-PortSelection-RI-Restriction
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TypeII-PortSelection-RI-Restriction' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.4)
+ typeII-PortSelectionRI-Restriction BIT STRING (SIZE (2))
+ }
+ },
+ -- The size of the PSK alphabet, QPSK or 8-PSK
+ phaseAlphabetSize ENUMERATED {n4, n8},
+ -- If subband amplitude reporting is activated (true)
+ subbandAmplitude BOOLEAN,
+ -- Number of beams, L, used for linear combination
+ numberOfBeams ENUMERATED {two, three, four}
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+-- TAG-CODEBOOKCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-START
+
+ConfiguredGrantConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- Frequency hopping as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
+ frequencyHopping ENUMERATED {mode1, mode2},
+ -- DMRS configuration, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
+ cg-DMRS-Configuration DMRS-UplinkConfig,
+
+ -- Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoding, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
+ mcs-Table ENUMERATED {qam64, qam256},
+ -- Indicates the MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 64QAM
+ mcs-TableTransformPrecoder ENUMERATED {qam256} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Selection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
+ -- Note: For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, "uci-on-PUSCH" should be set to semiStatic
+ uci-OnPUSCH SetupRelease { CG-UCI-OnPUSCH },
+ -- Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1, as agreed in RAN1-AH18776
+ -- Note: For Type 1 UL data transmission without grant, "resourceAllocation" should be resourceAllocationType0 or resourceAllocationType1
+ resourceAllocation ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0, resourceAllocationType1, dynamicSwitch },
+ -- Selection between config 1 and config 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. When the field is absent the UE applies the value config1.
+ -- Note: rbg-Size is used when the transformPrecoder parameter is disabled.
+ rbg-Size ENUMERATED {config2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Closed control loop to apply. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUSCH-closed-loop-index' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ powerControlLoopToUse ENUMERATED {n0, n1},
+ -- Index of the P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet to be used for this configuration
+ p0-PUSCH-Alpha P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId,
+ -- Enable transformer precoder for type1 and type2. Absence indicates that it is disabled.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-tp' (see 38.214, section 6.1.3)
+ transformPrecoder ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- The number of HARQ processes configured. It applies for both Type 1 and Type 2
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-numbHARQproc' (see 38.321, section 5.8.2)
+ nrofHARQ-Processes INTEGER(1..16),
+ -- The number or repetitions of K:
+ repK ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8},
+ -- If repetitions is used, this field indicates the redundancy version (RV) sequence to use.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-RV-rep' (see 38.321, section 5.8.2)
+ repK-RV ENUMERATED {s1-0231, s2-0303, s3-0000} OPTIONAL, -- Cond RepK
+ -- Periodicity for UL transmission without UL grant for type 1 and type 2
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-periodicity' (see 38.321, section 5.8.2)
+
+ -- The following periodicities are supported depending on the configured subcarrier spacing [symbols]:
+ -- 15kHz: 2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640}
+ -- 30kHz: 2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 640, 1280}
+ -- 60kHz with normal CP: 2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560}
+ -- 60kHz with ECP: 2, 6, n*12, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1280, 2560}
+ -- 120kHz: 2, 7, n*14, where n={1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560, 5120}
+ -- (see 38.214, Table 6.1.2.3-1)
+ periodicity ENUMERATED {
+ sym2, sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym8x14, sym10x14, sym16x14, sym20x14,
+ sym32x14, sym40x14, sym64x14, sym80x14, sym128x14, sym160x14, sym256x14, sym320x14, sym512x14,
+ sym640x14, sym1024x14, sym1280x14, sym2560x14, sym5120x14,
+
+ sym6, sym1x12, sym2x12, sym4x12, sym5x12, sym8x12, sym10x12, sym16x12, sym20x12, sym32x12,
+ sym40x12, sym64x12, sym80x12, sym128x12, sym160x12, sym256x12, sym320x12, sym512x12, sym640x12,
+ sym1280x12, sym2560x12
+ },
+
+ -- If configured, the UE uses the configured grant timer (see 38.321, section 5.8.2) with this initial timer value.
+ -- Supported values are as follows in units of symbols:
+ -- For normal CP: 2, 7, {1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 512, 640 } x 14
+ -- For extended CP: 2, 6, {1, 2, 4, 8, 20, 40, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640 } x 12
+ configuredGrantTimer ENUMERATED {
+ sym2, sym7, sym1x14, sym2x14, sym4x14, sym5x14, sym8x14, sym10x14, sym16x14, sym20x14, sym32x14,
+ sym40x14, sym64x14, sym80x14, sym128x14, sym160x14, sym256x14, sym512x14, sym640x14,
+
+ sym6, sym1x12, sym2x12, sym4x12, sym5x12, sym8x12, sym10x12, sym16x12, sym20x12, sym32x12,
+ sym40x12, sym64x12, sym80x12, sym128x12, sym256x12, sym320x12, sym512x12, sym640x12
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Selection between "configured grant" transmission with fully RRC-configured UL grant (Type1)
+ -- or with UL grant configured by DCI addressed to CS-RNTI (Type2).
+ rrc-ConfiguredUplinkGrant SEQUENCE {
+ -- Offset related to SFN=0
+ timeDomainOffset INTEGER (0..5119),
+ -- Corresponding to the DCI field of time domain resource assignment, and the maximum bit width is 4.
+ --(see 38.214, section 6.1.2 and 38.212, section 7.3.1)
+ timeDomainAllocation INTEGER (0..15), -- RAN1 indicated just "Mapping-type,Index-start-len"
+ -- Corresponding to the DCI field of freq domain resource assignment.
+ -- (see 38.214, section 6.1.2, and 38.212, section 7.3.1)
+ frequencyDomainAllocation BIT STRING (SIZE(18)),
+ -- UE-specific DMRS configuration: corresponding to the DCI field of antenna ports, and the maximum bitwidth is 5.
+ -- (see 38.214, section 6.1.2, and 38.212, section 7.3.1)
+ antennaPort INTEGER (0..31),
+ dmrs-SeqInitialization INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Cond NoTransformPrecoder
+ precodingAndNumberOfLayers INTEGER (0..63),
+ srs-ResourceIndicator INTEGER (0..15),
+ -- The modulation order, target code rate and TB size (see 38.214, section 6.1.2)
+ mcsAndTBS INTEGER (0..31),
+ -- Enables intra-slot frequency hopping with the given frequency hopping offset
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-TWG-hopping' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+
+ frequencyHoppingOffset INTEGER (1.. maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
+ pathlossReferenceIndex INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1),
+ ...
+ } OPTIONAL -- Cond Type1
+}
+
+CG-UCI-OnPUSCH ::= CHOICE {
+ dynamic SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF BetaOffsets,
+ semiStatic BetaOffsets
+}
+
+-- TAG-CONFIGUREDGRANTCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESET-START
+
+ControlResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-ID'
+ -- Value 0 identifies the common CORESET configured in MIB and in ServingCellConfigCommon
+ -- Values 1..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1 identify CORESETs configured by dedicated signalling
+ -- The controlResourceSetId is unique among the BWPs of a ServingCell.
+ controlResourceSetId ControlResourceSetId,
+
+
+ -- Frequency domain resources for the CORESET. Each bit corresponds a group of 6 RBs, with grouping starting from PRB 0, which is fully
+ -- contained in the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured.
+ -- The most significant bit corresponds to the group of lowest frequency which is fully contained in the bandwidth part within which the
+ -- CORESET is configured, each next subsequent lower significance bit corresponds to the next lowest frequency group fully contained within
+ -- the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured, if any.
+ -- Bits corresponding to a group not fully contained within the bandwidth part within which the CORESET is configured are set to zero.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-freq-dom'(see 38.211, section 7.3.2.2)
+ frequencyDomainResources BIT STRING (SIZE (45)),
+ -- Contiguous time duration of the CORESET in number of symbols
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-time-duration' (see 38.211, section 7.3.2.2FFS_Section)
+ duration INTEGER (1..maxCoReSetDuration),
+ -- Mapping of Control Channel Elements (CCE) to Resource Element Groups (REG).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-CCE-REG-mapping-type' (see 38.211Section sections 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2)
+ cce-REG-MappingType CHOICE {
+ interleaved SEQUENCE {
+ -- Resource Element Groups (REGs) can be bundled to create REG bundles. This parameter defines the size of such bundles.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-REG-bundle-size' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ reg-BundleSize ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n6},
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-interleaver-size' (see 38.211, 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ interleaverSize ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n6},
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-shift-index' (see 38.211, section 7.3.2.2)
+ shiftIndex INTEGER(0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1)
+ },
+ nonInterleaved NULL
+ },
+ -- Precoder granularity in frequency domain.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CORESET-precoder-granuality' (see 38.211, sections 7.3.2.2 and 7.4.1.3.2)
+ precoderGranularity ENUMERATED {sameAsREG-bundle, allContiguousRBs},
+
+ -- A subset of the TCI states defined in TCI-States used for providing QCL relationships between the DL RS(s) in one RS Set
+ -- (TCI-State) and the PDCCH DMRS ports. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TCI-StatesPDCCH' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ tci-StatesPDCCH SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- If at least spatial QCL is configured/indicated, this field indicates if TCI field is present or not present in DL-related DCI.
+ -- When the field is absent the UE considers the TCI to be absent/disabled.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TCI-PresentInDCI' (see 38,213, section 5.1.5)
+ tci-PresentInDCI ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- PDCCH DMRS scrambling initalization. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PDCCH-DMRS-Scrambling-ID' (see 38.214, section 5.1)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value '0'.
+ pdcch-DMRS-ScramblingID BIT STRING (SIZE (16)) OPTIONAL -- Need S
+}
+
+-- TAG-CONTROLRESOURCESET-STOP
+-- TAG-CONTROL-RESOURCE-SET-ID-START
+
+ControlResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1)
+
+-- TAG-CONTROL-RESOURCE-SET-ID-STOP
+
+CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ schedulingCellInfo CHOICE {
+ own SEQUENCE { -- No cross carrier scheduling
+ cif-Presence BOOLEAN
+ },
+ other SEQUENCE { -- Cross carrier scheduling
+ schedulingCellId ServCellIndex,
+ cif-InSchedulingCell INTEGER (1..7)
+ } -- Cond SCellOnly
+ },
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CSI-APERIODICTRIGGERSTATELIST-START
+
+CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrOfCSI-AperiodicTriggers)) OF CSI-AperiodicTriggerState
+
+CSI-AperiodicTriggerState ::= SEQUENCE {
+ associatedReportConfigInfoList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofReportConfigPerAperiodicTrigger)) OF CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo,
+ ...
+}
+
+CSI-AssociatedReportConfigInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The reportConfigId of one of the CSI-ReportConfigToAddMod configured in CSI-MeasConfig
+ reportConfigId CSI-ReportConfigId,
+
+ resourcesForChannel CHOICE {
+ nzp-CSI-RS SEQUENCE {
+ -- NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig
+ -- indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above
+ -- (1 corresponds to the first entry, 2 to thesecond entry, and so on).
+ resourceSet INTEGER (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig),
+
+ -- List of references to TCI-States for providing the QCL source and QCL type for for each NZP-CSI-RS-Resource
+ -- listed in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated by nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel.
+ -- First entry in qcl-info-forChannel corresponds to first entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources of that NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet,
+ -- second entry in qcl-info-forChannel corresponds to second entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources,
+ -- and so on. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'QCL-Info-aPeriodicReportingTrigger' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.5.1)
+ qcl-info SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofAP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF TCI-StateId
+ },
+ -- CSI-SSB-ResourceSet for channel measurements. Entry number in csi-SSB-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by
+ -- resourcesForChannelMeasurement in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (1 corresponds to the first entry, 2 to
+ -- the second entry, and so on).
+ csi-SSB-ResourceSet INTEGER (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig)
+ },
+
+ -- CSI-IM-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in csi-IM-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by
+ -- csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (1 corresponds to the first entry, 2 to the second
+ -- entry, and so on).
+ -- The indicated CSI-IM-ResourceSet should have exactly the same number of resources like the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in
+ -- nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel.
+ -- This field can only be present if the CSI-ReportConfig identified by reportConfigId includes csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference.
+ csi-IM-ResourcesforInteference INTEGER(1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig) OPTIONAL, --Cond CSI-IM-forInterference
+
+
+ -- NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet for interference measurement. Entry number in nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList in the CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by
+ -- nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference in the CSI-ReportConfig indicated by reportConfigId above (1 corresponds to the first entry,
+ -- 2 to the second entry, and so on).
+ -- The indicated NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet should have exactly the same number of resources like the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in
+ -- nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforChannel.
+ -- This field can only be present if the CSI-ReportConfig identified by reportConfigId includes nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference.
+ nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesforInterference INTEGER (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig) OPTIONAL, --Cond LinkedNZP-CSI-RS-forInterference
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CSI-APERIODICTRIGGERSTATELIST-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-FREQUENCYOCCUPATION-START
+
+CSI-FrequencyOccupation ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- PRB where this CSI resource starts in relation to PRB 0 of the associated BWP.
+ -- Only multiples of 4 are allowed (0, 4, ...)
+ startingRB INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
+ -- Number of PRBs across which this CSI resource spans. Only multiples of 4 are allowed. The smallest configurable
+ -- number is the minimum of 24 and the width of the associated BWP.
+ nrofRBs INTEGER (24..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks),
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CSI-FREQUENCYOCCUPATION-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCE-START
+CSI-IM-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ csi-IM-ResourceId CSI-IM-ResourceId,
+
+ -- The resource element pattern (Pattern0 (2,2) or Pattern1 (4,1)) with corresponding parameters.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-RE-pattern' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
+ csi-IM-ResourceElementPattern CHOICE {
+ pattern0 SEQUENCE {
+ -- OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
+ subcarrierLocation-p0 ENUMERATED { s0, s2, s4, s6, s8, s10 },
+ -- OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern0
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
+ symbolLocation-p0 INTEGER (0..12)
+ },
+ pattern1 SEQUENCE {
+ -- OFDM subcarrier occupancy of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
+ subcarrierLocation-p1 ENUMERATED { s0, s4, s8 },
+ -- OFDM symbol location of the CSI-IM resource for Pattern1
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.4)
+ symbolLocation-p1 INTEGER (0..13)
+ }
+ } OPTIONAL, --Need M
+
+ -- Frequency-occupancy of CSI-IM. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-FreqBand' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.2)
+ freqBand CSI-FrequencyOccupation OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Periodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent CSI-IM. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-timeConfig'
+ periodicityAndOffset CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset OPTIONAL, --Cond PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCE-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCEID-START
+CSI-IM-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources-1)
+
+-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCEID-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESET-START
+CSI-IM-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ csi-IM-ResourceSetId CSI-IM-ResourceSetId,
+ -- CSI-IM-Resources associated with this CSI-IM-ResourceSet
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-IM-ResourceConfigList' (see 38.214, section 5.2)
+ csi-IM-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourcesPerSet)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceId,
+ ...
+}
+-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESET-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESETID-START
+
+CSI-IM-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets-1)
+
+-- TAG-CSI-IM-RESOURCESETID-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-MEAS-CONFIG-START
+
+CSI-MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Pool of NZP-CSI-RS-Resource which can be referred to from NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet
+ nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Pool of NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs
+ nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Pool of CSI-IM-Resource which can be referred to from CSI-IM-ResourceSet
+ csi-IM-ResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources)) OF CSI-IM-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ csi-IM-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Pool of CSI-IM-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig or from MAC CEs
+ csi-IM-ResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ csi-IM-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Pool of CSI-SSB-ResourceSet which can be referred to from CSI-ResourceConfig
+ csi-SSB-ResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ csi-SSB-ResourceSetToAddReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Configured CSI resource settings as specified in TS 38.214 section 5.2.1.2
+ csi-ResourceConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations)) OF CSI-ResourceConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ csi-ResourceConfigToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations)) OF CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Configured CSI report settings as specified in TS 38.214 section 5.2.1.1
+ csi-ReportConfigToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations)) OF CSI-ReportConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ csi-ReportConfigToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations)) OF CSI-ReportConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+
+ -- Size of CSI request field in DCI (bits). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ReportTriggerSize' (see 38.214, section 5.2)
+ reportTriggerSize INTEGER (0..6) OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- Contains trigger states for dynamically selecting one or more aperiodic and semi-persistent reporting configurations
+ -- and/or triggering one or more aperiodic CSI-RS resource sets for channel and/or interference measurement.
+ -- FFS: How to address the MAC-CE configuration
+ aperiodicTriggerStateList SetupRelease { CSI-AperiodicTriggerStateList } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ semiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList SetupRelease { CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 64
+maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 63
+
+maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 64
+maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 63
+
+maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 64
+maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 63
+
+-- TAG-CSI-MEAS-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-START
+-- Configuration of a CSI-Report sent on L1 (e.g. PUCCH) (see 38.214, section 5.2.1)
+CSI-ReportConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ reportConfigId CSI-ReportConfigId,
+
+ -- Indicates in which serving cell the CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod(s) below are to be found.
+ -- If the field is absent, the resources are on the same serving cell as this report configuration.
+ carrier ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Resources for channel measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell
+ -- indicated with the field "carrier" above. This CSI-ReportConfig is associated with the DL BWP indicated by bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfig.
+ resourcesForChannelMeasurement CSI-ResourceConfigId,
+
+ -- CSI IM resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfig included in the configuration of the serving cell
+ -- indicated with the field "carrier" above. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod is the same value like the bwp-Id in the
+ -- CSI-ResourceConfig indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
+ csi-IM-ResourcesForInterference CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- NZP CSI RS resources for interference measurement. csi-ResourceConfigId of a CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod included in the configuration of the
+ -- serving cell indicated with the field "carrier" above. The bwp-Id in that CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod is the same value like the bwp-Id in the
+ -- CSI-ResourceConfigToAddMod indicated by resourcesForChannelMeasurement.
+ nzp-CSI-RS-ResourcesForInterference CSI-ResourceConfigId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Time domain behavior of reporting configuration
+ reportConfigType CHOICE {
+ periodic SEQUENCE {
+ -- Periodicity and slot offset. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ReportPeriodicity'and 'ReportSlotOffset'
+ -- (see 38.214, section section 5.2.1.4).
+ reportSlotConfig CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset,
+ -- Indicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
+ pucch-CSI-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource
+ },
+ semiPersistentOnPUCCH SEQUENCE {
+ -- Periodicity and slot offset. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ReportPeriodicity' and 'ReportSlotOffset'
+ -- (see 38.214, section section 5.2.1.4).
+ reportSlotConfig CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset,
+ -- Indicates which PUCCH resource to use for reporting on PUCCH.
+ pucch-CSI-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF PUCCH-CSI-Resource
+ },
+ semiPersistentOnPUSCH SEQUENCE {
+ -- Periodicity. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Reportperiodicity-spCSI'. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.1?FFS_Section)
+ reportSlotConfig ENUMERATED {sl5, sl10, sl20, sl40, sl80, sl160, sl320},
+ -- Timing offset Y for aperiodic reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values.
+ -- A particular value is indicated in DCI. The first report is transmitted in slot n+Y, second report in n+Y+P,
+ -- where P is the configured periodicity.
+ reportSlotOffsetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (0..7),
+ -- RNTI for SP CSI-RNTI, Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SPCSI-RNTI' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.5.2)
+ -- FFS: RAN1 models different RNTIs as different Search Spaces with independent configurations. Align the configuration
+ -- of this one (e.g. group with monitoring periodicity, PDCCH candidate configuration, DCI-Payload size...)?
+ csi-RNTI RNTI-Value,
+ -- Index of the p0-alpha set determining the power control for this CSI report transmission.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SPCSI-p0alpha' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ p0alpha P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId
+ },
+ aperiodic SEQUENCE {
+ -- Timing offset Y for aperiodic reporting using PUSCH. This field lists the allowed offset values. A particular value is indicated in DCI.
+ -- (see 38.214, section 5.2.3)
+ -- FFS_Value: Range wasn’t final in RAN1 table.
+ -- FFS_FIXME: How are the DCI codepoints mapped to the allowed offsets?
+ reportSlotOffsetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..16)) OF INTEGER (0..7)
+ }
+ },
+ -- The CSI related quanities to report. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ReportQuantity' (see 38.214, section REF)
+ reportQuantity CHOICE {
+ none NULL,
+ cri-RI-PMI-CQI NULL,
+ cri-RI-i1 NULL,
+ cri-RI-i1-CQI SEQUENCE {
+ -- PRB bundling size to assume for CQI calcuation when reportQuantity is CRI/RI/i1/CQI
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PDSCH-bundle-size-for-CSI' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
+ pdsch-BundleSizeForCSI ENUMERATED {n2, n4} OPTIONAL
+ },
+ cri-RI-CQI NULL,
+ cri-RSRP NULL,
+ ssb-Index-RSRP NULL,
+ cri-RI-LI-PMI-CQI NULL
+ },
+ -- Reporting configuration in the frequency domain. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
+ reportFreqConfiguration SEQUENCE {
+ -- Indicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) CQI. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
+ cqi-FormatIndicator ENUMERATED { widebandCQI, subbandCQI },
+ -- Indicates whether the UE shall report a single (wideband) or multiple (subband) PMI. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
+ pmi-FormatIndicator ENUMERATED { widebandPMI, subbandPMI },
+ -- Indicates a contiguous or non-contigous subset of subbands in the bandwidth part which CSI shall be reported
+ -- for. Each bit in the bit-string represents one subband. The right-most bit in the bit string represents the
+ -- lowest subband in the BWP. (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
+ -- The number of subbands is determined according to 38.214 section 5.2.1.4. It is absent if there are less than 24 PRBs (no sub band)
+ -- and present otherwise, the number of sub bands can be from 3 (24 PRBs, sub band size 8) to 18 (72 PRBs, sub band size 4).
+ csi-ReportingBand CHOICE {
+ subbands3 BIT STRING(SIZE(3)),
+ subbands4 BIT STRING(SIZE(4)),
+ subbands5 BIT STRING(SIZE(5)),
+ subbands6 BIT STRING(SIZE(6)),
+ subbands7 BIT STRING(SIZE(7)),
+ subbands8 BIT STRING(SIZE(8)),
+ subbands9 BIT STRING(SIZE(9)),
+ subbands10 BIT STRING(SIZE(10)),
+ subbands11 BIT STRING(SIZE(11)),
+ subbands12 BIT STRING(SIZE(12)),
+ subbands13 BIT STRING(SIZE(13)),
+ subbands14 BIT STRING(SIZE(14)),
+ subbands15 BIT STRING(SIZE(15)),
+ subbands16 BIT STRING(SIZE(16)),
+ subbands17 BIT STRING(SIZE(17)),
+ subbands18 BIT STRING(SIZE(18)),
+ ...
+ } OPTIONAL -- Need S
+
+ },
+ -- Time domain measurement restriction for the channel (signal) measurements.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MeasRestrictionConfig-time-channel' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.1)
+ timeRestrictionForChannelMeasurements ENUMERATED {configured, notConfigured},
+ -- Time domain measurement restriction for interference measurements.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MeasRestrictionConfig-time-interference' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.1)
+ timeRestrictionForInterferenceMeasurements ENUMERATED {configured, notConfigured},
+ -- Codebook configuration for Type-1 or Type-II including codebook subset restriction
+ codebookConfig CodebookConfig,
+ -- Maximum number of CQIs per CSI report (cf. 1 for 1-CW, 2 for 2-CW)
+ nrofCQIsPerReport ENUMERATED {n1, n2},
+ -- Turning on/off group beam based reporting (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
+ groupBasedBeamReporting CHOICE {
+ enabled NULL,
+ disabled SEQUENCE {
+ -- The number (N) of measured RS resources to be reported per report setting in a non-group-based report.
+ -- N <= N_max, where N_max is either 2 or 4 depending on UE capability.
+ -- FFS: The signaling mechanism for the gNB to select a subset of N beams for the UE to measure and report.
+ -- FFS: Note: this parameter may not be needed for certain resource and/or report settings
+ -- FFS_ASN1: Change groupBasedBeamReporting into a CHOICE and include this field into the "no" option?
+ -- (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1
+ nrofReportedRS ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL -- Need S
+ }
+ },
+
+ -- Which CQI table to use for CQI calculation. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CQI-table' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.1)
+ cqi-Table ENUMERATED {table1, table2, spare2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
+ -- Indicates one out of two possible BWP-dependent values for the subband size as indicated in 38.214 table 5.2.1.4-2
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SubbandSize' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.4)
+ subbandSize ENUMERATED {value1, value2},
+ -- BLER target that the UE shall be assume in its CQI calculation.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'BLER-Target' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.1)
+ -- FFS_Values (now filled with spares)
+ bler-Target ENUMERATED {zerodot1, spare3, space2, spare1} OPTIONAL,
+ -- Port indication for RI/CQI calculation. For each CSI-RS resource in the linked ResourceConfig for channel measurement,
+ -- a port indication for each rank R, indicating which R ports to use. Applicable only for non-PMI feedback.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Non-PMI-PortIndication' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- The first entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry in
+ -- nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the
+ -- CSI-ResourceConfig whose CSI-ResourceConfigId is indicated in a CSI-MeasId together with the above CSI-ReportConfigId,
+ -- the second entry in non-PMI-PortIndication corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the second entry in
+ -- nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the
+ -- same CSI-ResourceConfig, and so on until the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the last entry in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources
+ -- in the in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the first entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the
+ -- same CSI-ResourceConfig, then the next entry corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS-Resource indicated by the first entry
+ -- in nzp-CSI-RS-Resources in the NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet indicated in the second entry of nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList of the
+ -- same CSI-ResourceConfig and so on.
+ non-PMI-PortIndication SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerConfig)) OF PortIndexFor8Ranks OPTIONAL, ...
+}
+
+CSI-ReportPeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE {
+ slots4 INTEGER(0..3),
+ slots5 INTEGER(0..4),
+ slots8 INTEGER(0..7),
+ slots10 INTEGER(0..9),
+ slots16 INTEGER(0..15),
+ slots20 INTEGER(0..19),
+ slots40 INTEGER(0..39),
+ slots80 INTEGER(0..79),
+ slots160 INTEGER(0..159),
+ slots320 INTEGER(0..319)
+}
+
+PUCCH-CSI-Resource ::= CHOICE {
+ uplinkBandwidthPartId BWP-Id,
+ -- PUCCH resource for the associated uplink BWP. Only PUCCH-Resource of format 2, 3 and 4 is supported.
+ pucch-Resource PUCCH-Resource
+}
+
+-- The PortIndexFor8Ranks allows to indicate port indexes for 1 to 8 ranks using a port index ranges from 0 to 31, or from 0 to 15, or from 0
+-- to 7, or from 0 to 3, or from 0 to 1, or with 0 only.
+
+PortIndexFor8Ranks ::= CHOICE {
+ portIndex8 SEQUENCE{
+ rank1-8 PortIndex8,
+ rank2-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..2)) OF PortIndex8,
+ rank3-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..3)) OF PortIndex8,
+ rank4-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..4)) OF PortIndex8,
+ rank5-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..5)) OF PortIndex8,
+ rank6-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..6)) OF PortIndex8,
+ rank7-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..7)) OF PortIndex8,
+ rank8-8 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..8)) OF PortIndex8
+ },
+ portIndex4 SEQUENCE{
+ rank1-4 PortIndex4,
+ rank2-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..2)) OF PortIndex4,
+ rank3-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..3)) OF PortIndex4,
+ rank4-4 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..4)) OF PortIndex4
+ },
+ portIndex2 SEQUENCE{
+ rank1-2 PortIndex2,
+ rank2-2 SEQUENCE(SIZE(1..2)) OF PortIndex2
+ },
+ portIndex1 NULL
+}
+
+PortIndex8::= INTEGER (0..7)
+PortIndex4::= INTEGER (0..3)
+PortIndex2::= INTEGER (0..1)
+
+maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerConfig INTEGER ::= 128
+-- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIGID-START
+CSI-ReportConfigId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations-1)
+
+-- TAG-CSI-REPORTCONFIGID-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIG-START
+
+-- One CSI resource configuration comprising of one or more resource sets
+CSI-ResourceConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- Used in CSI-ReportConfig to refer to an instance of CSI-ResourceConfig
+ csi-ResourceConfigId CSI-ResourceConfigId,
+
+ -- Contains up to maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig resource sets if ResourceConfigType is 'aperiodic' and 1 otherwise.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ResourceSetConfigList' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.3.1)
+ csi-RS-ResourceSetList CHOICE {
+ nzp-CSI-RS-SSB SEQUENCE {
+ nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL,
+ -- List of SSB resources used for beam measurement and reporting in a resource set
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'resource-config-SS-list' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
+ csi-SSB-ResourceSetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL
+ },
+ csi-IM-ResourceSetList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig)) OF CSI-IM-ResourceSetId
+ },
+
+
+ -- The DL BWP which the CSI-RS associated with this CSI-ResourceConfig are located in.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'BWP-Info' (see 38.214, section 5.2.1.2
+ bwp-Id BWP-Id,
+
+ -- Time domain behavior of resource configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ResourceConfigType' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.5)
+ resourceType ENUMERATED { aperiodic, semiPersistent, periodic },
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGTOADDMOD-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGID-START
+CSI-ResourceConfigId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations-1)
+
+-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCECONFIGID-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-RESOURCEPERIODICITYANDOFFSET-START
+
+CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE {
+ slots4 INTEGER (0..3),
+ slots5 INTEGER (0..4),
+ slots8 INTEGER (0..7),
+ slots10 INTEGER (0..9),
+ slots16 INTEGER (0..15),
+ slots20 INTEGER (0..19),
+ slots32 INTEGER (0..31),
+ slots40 INTEGER (0..39),
+ slots64 INTEGER (0..63),
+ slots80 INTEGER (0..79),
+ slots160 INTEGER (0..159),
+ slots320 INTEGER (0..319),
+ slots640 INTEGER (0..639)
+}
+
+-- TAG-CSI-RESIYRCEPERIODICITYANDOFFSET-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCEMAPPING-START
+
+CSI-RS-ResourceMapping ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Frequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3 including table 7.4.1.5.2-1.
+ -- The number of bits that may be set to one depend on the chosen row in that table. For the choice "other", the row can be determined from
+ -- the parmeters below and from the number of bits set to 1 in frequencyDomainAllocation.
+ frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {
+ row1 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
+ row2 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)),
+ row4 BIT STRING (SIZE (3)),
+ other BIT STRING (SIZE (6))
+ },
+ -- Number of ports (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
+ nrofPorts ENUMERATED {p1,p2,p4,p8,p12,p16,p24,p32},
+ -- Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS.
+ -- Parameter l0 in 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3. Value 2 is supported only when DL-DMRS-typeA-pos equals 3.
+ firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain INTEGER (0..13),
+ -- Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. Parameter l1 in 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3.
+ firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain2 INTEGER (0..13) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- CDM type (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
+ cdm-Type ENUMERATED {noCDM, fd-CDM2, cdm4-FD2-TD2, cdm8-FD2-TD4},
+ -- Density of CSI-RS resource measured in RE/port/PRB. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-Density' (see 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3)
+ -- Values 0.5 (dot5), 1 (one) and 3 (three) are allowed for X=1,
+ -- values 0.5 (dot5) and 1 (one) are allowed for X=2, 16, 24 and 32,
+ -- value 1 (one) is allowed for X=4, 8, 12.
+ -- For density = 1/2, includes 1 bit indication for RB level comb offset indicating whether odd or even RBs are occupied by CSI-RS
+ density CHOICE {
+ dot5 ENUMERATED {evenPRBs, oddPRBs},
+ one NULL,
+ three NULL,
+ spare NULL
+ },
+ -- Wideband or partial band CSI-RS. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-FreqBand' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
+ freqBand CSI-FrequencyOccupation,
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CSI-RS-RESOURCEMAPPING-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-SEMIPERSISTENTONPUSCHTRIGGERSTATELIST-START
+
+CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerStateList ::= SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..maxNrOfSemiPersistentPUSCH-Triggers)) OF CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState
+CSI-SemiPersistentOnPUSCH-TriggerState ::= SEQUENCE {
+ associatedReportConfigInfo CSI-ReportConfigId,
+ ...
+}
+
+maxNrOfSemiPersistentPUSCH-Triggers INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of triggers for semi persistent reporting on PUSCH
+
+-- TAG-CSI-SEMIPERSISTENTONPUSCHTRIGGERSTATELIST-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESETID-START
+
+CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSets-1)
+
+-- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESETID-STOP
+-- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESET-START
+
+CSI-SSB-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
+ csi-SSB-ResourceSetId CSI-SSB-ResourceSetId,
+ csi-SSB-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourcePerSet)) OF SSB-Index,
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CSI-SSB-RESOURCESET-STOP
+-- TAG-DMRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-START
+
+DMRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Selection of the DMRS type to be used for DL (see 38.211, section 7.4.1.1.1).
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
+ dmrs-Type ENUMERATED {type2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Position for additional DM-RS in DL, see Table 7.4.1.1.2-4 in 38.211.
+ -- The four values represent the cases of 1+0, 1+1, 1+1+1. 1+1+1+1 non-adjacent OFDM symbols for DL.
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2.
+ dmrs-AdditionalPosition ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- DM-RS groups that are QCL:ed, i.e. group 1 (see 38.214, section 5.1)
+ dmrs-group1 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- DM-RS groups that are QCL:ed, i.e. group 2 (see 38.214, section 5.1)
+ dmrs-group2 BIT STRING (SIZE (12)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- The maximum number of OFDM symbols for DL front loaded DMRS. 'len1' corresponds to value 1. 'len2 corresponds to value 2.
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-DMRS-max-len' (see 38.214, section 5.1)
+ maxLength ENUMERATED {len2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- DL DMRS scrambling initalization
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'n_SCID 0' (see 38.211, section 7.4.1)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId) configured for this serving cell."
+ scramblingID0 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- DL DMRS scrambling initalization. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'n_SCID 1' (see 38.211, section 7.4.1)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value (physCellId) configured for this serving cell.
+ scramblingID1 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Configures downlink PTRS. If absent of released, the UE assumes that downlink PTRS are not present. See 38.214 section 5.1.6.3
+ phaseTrackingRS SetupRelease { PTRS-DownlinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-DMRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-DMRS-UPLINKCONFIG-START
+
+DMRS-UplinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Selection of the DMRS type to be used for UL (see section 38.211, section 6.4.1.1.3)
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE uses DMRS type 1.
+ dmrs-Type ENUMERATED {type2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Position for additional DM-RS in UL. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-DMRS-add-pos' (see Table 7.4.1.1.2-4 in 38.211)
+ -- The four values represent the cases of 1+0, 1+1, 1+1+1. 1+1+1+1 non-adjacent OFDM symbols for UL.
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE applies the value pos2.
+ dmrs-AdditionalPosition ENUMERATED {pos0, pos1, pos3} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Configures uplink PTRS (see 38.211, section x.x.x.x) FFS_Ref
+ phaseTrackingRS SetupRelease { PTRS-UplinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- The maximum number of OFDM symbols for UL front loaded DMRS. 'len1' corresponds to value 1. 'len2 corresponds to value 2.
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE applies value len1.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-DMRS-max-len' (see 38.214, section 6.4.1.1.2)
+ maxLength ENUMERATED {len2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ transformPrecoding CHOICE {
+ -- DMRS related parameters for Cyclic Prefix OFDM
+ disabled SEQUENCE {
+ -- UL DMRS scrambling initalization for CP-OFDM
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'n_SCID 0' (see 38.214, section 6.4.1.1.2)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId)
+ scramblingID0 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- UL DMRS scrambling initalization for CP-OFDM.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'n_SCID 1' (see 38.214, section 6.4.1.1.2)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value Physical cell ID (physCellId)
+ scramblingID1 INTEGER (0..65535) OPTIONAL -- Need S
+
+ },
+ -- DMRS related parameters for DFT-s-OFDM (Transform Precoding)
+ enabled SEQUENCE {
+ -- Parameter: N_ID^(PUSCH) for DFT-s-OFDM DMRS. If the value is absent or released, the UE uses the Physical cell ID.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'nPUSCH-Identity-Transform precoding' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ nPUSCH-Identity INTEGER(0..1007) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Sequence-group hopping for PUSCH can be disabled for a certain UE despite being enabled on a cell basis. For DFT-s-OFDM DMRS
+ -- If the field is released, the UE considers group hopping to be enabled.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Disable-sequence-group-hopping-Transform-precoding' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ disableSequenceGroupHopping ENUMERATED {disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Determines if sequence hopping is enabled or not. For DFT-s-OFDM DMRS.
+ -- If the field is released, the UE considers sequence hopping to be disabled.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Sequence-hopping-enabled-Transform-precoding' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ sequenceHoppingEnabled ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL -- Need S
+ }
+ },
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-DMRS-UPLINKCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-DOWNLINKPREEMPTION-START
+
+-- Configuration of downlink preemption indication on PDCCH.
+DownlinkPreemption ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- RNTI used for indication pre-emption in DL.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'INT-RNTI', where â€INT†stands for â€interruption†(see 38.213, section 10)
+ int-RNTI RNTI-Value,
+
+ -- Set selection for DL-preemption indication. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'int-TF-unit' (see 38.213, section 10.1)
+ -- The set determines how the UE interprets the DL preemption DCI payload.
+ timeFrequencySet ENUMERATED {set0, set1},
+
+ -- Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with INT-RNTI. The value must be an integer multiple of 14 bit.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'INT-DCI-payload-length' (see 38.213, section 11.2)
+ dci-PayloadSize INTEGER (0..maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize),
+
+ -- Indicates (per serving cell) the position of the 14 bit INT values inside the DCI payload.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'INT-cell-to-INT' and 'cell-to-INT' (see 38.213, section 11.2)
+ int-ConfigurationPerServingCell SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell,
+ ...
+}
+
+INT-ConfigurationPerServingCell ::= SEQUENCE {
+ servingCellId ServCellIndex,
+ -- Starting position (in number of bit) of the 14 bit INT value applicable for this serving cell (servingCellId) within the DCI
+ -- payload. Must be multiples of 14 (bit). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'INT-values' (see 38.213, section 11.2)
+ positionInDCI INTEGER (0..maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize-1)
+}
+
+-- TAG-DOWNLINKPREEMPTION-STOP
+-- TAG-DRB-IDENTITY-START
+
+DRB-Identity ::= INTEGER (1..32)
+
+-- TAG-DRB-IDENTITY-STOP
+-- TAG-EUTRA-MBSFN-SUBFRAMECONFIGLIST-START
+
+EUTRA-MBSFN-SubframeConfigList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMBSFN-Allocations)) OF EUTRA-MBSFN-SubframeConfig
+
+EUTRA-MBSFN-SubframeConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
+ radioframeAllocationPeriod ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16, n32},
+ -- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
+ radioframeAllocationOffset INTEGER (0..7),
+ -- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
+ subframeAllocation CHOICE {
+ -- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
+ oneFrame BIT STRING (SIZE(6)),
+ -- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
+ fourFrames BIT STRING (SIZE(24))
+ },
+ subframeAllocation-v1430 CHOICE {
+ -- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
+ oneFrame-v1430 BIT STRING (SIZE(2)),
+ -- Field as defined in MBSFN-SubframeConfig in 36.331
+ fourFrames-v1430 BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-EUTRA-MBSFN-SUBFRAMECONFIGLIST-STOP
+
+FilterCoefficient ::= ENUMERATED {
+ fc0, fc1, fc2, fc3, fc4, fc5,
+ fc6, fc7, fc8, fc9, fc11, fc13,
+ fc15, fc17, fc19, spare1, ...}
+
+-- TAG-FREQBANDINDICATORNR-START
+
+FreqBandIndicatorNR ::= INTEGER (1..1024)
+
+-- TAG-FREQBANDINDICATORNR-STOP
+-- TAG-FREQUENCY-INFO-DL-START
+
+FrequencyInfoDL ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Frequency of the SSB to be used for this serving cell. The frequency provided in this field identifies the position of
+ -- resource element RE=#0 (subcarrier #0) of resource block RB#10 of the SS block. The cell-defining SSB of an SpCell is always on
+ -- the sync raster. Frequencies are considered to be on the sync raster if they are also identifiable with a GSCN value (see 38.101).
+ absoluteFrequencySSB ARFCN-ValueNR,
+ -- The frequency domain offset between SSB and the overall resource block grid in number of subcarriers.
+ -- Absence of the field indicates that no offset is applied (offset = 0). For FR2 only values up to 11 are applicable.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter kssb (See 38.211, section 7.4.3.1)
+ ssb-SubcarrierOffset INTEGER (1..23) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- List of one or multiple frequency bands to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are only supported in
+ -- system information but not when the FrequencyInfoDL is provided in dedicated signalling (HO or S(p)Cell addition).
+ frequencyBandList MultiFrequencyBandListNR,
+ -- Absolute frequency position of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A.
+ -- Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-ref-low-scs-ref-PRB' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ absoluteFrequencyPointA ARFCN-ValueNR,
+
+ -- A set of carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-pointA-set' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ scs-SpecificCarrierList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier,
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-FREQUENCY-INFO-UL-STOP
+-- TAG-FREQUENCY-INFO-UL-START
+
+FrequencyInfoUL ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- List of one or multiple frequency bands to which this carrier(s) belongs. Multiple values are only supported in
+ -- system information but not when the FrequencyInfoDL is provided in dedicated signalling (HO or S(p)Cell addition).
+ frequencyBandList MultiFrequencyBandListNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
+ -- Absolute frequency of the reference resource block (Common RB 0). Its lowest subcarrier is also known as Point A.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-ref-low-scs-ref-PRB' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ absoluteFrequencyPointA ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL
+ -- A set of virtual carriers for different subcarrier spacings (numerologies). Defined in relation to Point A.
+ -- Note that the lower edge of the actual carrier is not defined by this field but rather in the scs-SpecificCarrierList.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-pointA-set' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ scs-SpecificCarriers SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SCS-SpecificCarrier,
+
+ -- The additional spectrum emission requirements to be applied by the UE on this uplink.
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE applies the value FFS_RAN4. (see FFS_section, section FFS_Section)
+ additionalSpectrumEmission AdditionalSpectrumEmission OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- FFS_Definition. Corresponds to parameter FFS_RAN4. (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE applies the value FFS_RAN4.
+ p-Max P-Max OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Enable the NR UL transmission with a 7.5KHz shift to the LTE raster. If the field is absent, the frequency shift is disabled.
+ frequencyShift7p5khz ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Cond FDD-OrSUL-Optional
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-FREQUENCY-INFO-UL-STOP
+-- TAG-GSCN-VALUE-NR-START
+
+GSCN-ValueNR ::= INTEGER (1..28557)
+
+
+-- TAG-GSCN-VALUE-NR-STOP
+
+Hysteresis ::= INTEGER (0..30)
+
+-- TAG-LOGICAL-CHANNEL-CONFIG-START
+
+LogicalChannelConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ul-SpecificParameters SEQUENCE {
+ priority INTEGER (1..16),
+ prioritisedBitRate ENUMERATED {kBps0, kBps8, kBps16, kBps32, kBps64, kBps128, kBps256, kBps512,
+ kBps1024, kBps2048, kBps4096, kBps8192, kBps16384, kBps32768, kBps65536, infinity},
+ bucketSizeDuration ENUMERATED {ms50, ms100, ms150, ms300, ms500, ms1000, spare2, spare1},
+
+ allowedServingCells SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells-1)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ allowedSCS-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSCSs)) OF SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ maxPUSCH-Duration ENUMERATED { ms0p02, ms0p04, ms0p0625, ms0p125, ms0p25, ms0p5, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ configuredGrantType1Allowed ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ logicalChannelGroup INTEGER (0..maxLCG-ID) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ schedulingRequestID SchedulingRequestId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ logicalChannelSR-Mask BOOLEAN,
+ logicalChannelSR-DelayTimerApplied BOOLEAN
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond UL
+
+ -- other parameters
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-LOGICAL-CHANNEL-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-MAC-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-START
+
+MAC-CellGroupConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ drx-Config SetupRelease { DRX-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ schedulingRequestConfig SchedulingRequestConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ bsr-Config BSR-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ tag-Config TAG-Config OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ phr-Config SetupRelease { PHR-Config } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- FFS : configurable per SCell?
+ skipUplinkTxDynamic BOOLEAN,
+ -- RNTI value for downlink SPS (see SPS-config) and uplink configured scheduling (see ConfiguredSchedulingConfig).
+ cs-RNTI SetupRelease { RNTI-Value } OPTIONAL -- Need M
+}
+
+DRX-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ drx-onDurationTimer CHOICE {
+ subMilliSeconds INTEGER (1..31),
+ milliSeconds ENUMERATED {
+ ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60,
+ ms80, ms100, ms200, ms300, ms400, ms500, ms600, ms800, ms1000, ms1200,
+ ms1600, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 }
+ },
+ drx-InactivityTimer ENUMERATED {
+ ms0, ms1, ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80,
+ ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare9, spare8,
+ spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
+ drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerDL INTEGER (0..56),
+ drx-HARQ-RTT-TimerUL INTEGER (0..56),
+ drx-RetransmissionTimerDL ENUMERATED {
+ sl0, sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6, sl8, sl16, sl24, sl33, sl40, sl64, sl80, sl96, sl112, sl128,
+ sl160, sl320, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9,
+ spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
+ drx-RetransmissionTimerUL ENUMERATED {
+ sl0, sl1, sl2, sl4, sl6, sl8, sl16, sl24, sl33, sl40, sl64, sl80, sl96, sl112, sl128,
+ sl160, sl320, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare9,
+ spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 },
+ drx-LongCycleStartOffset CHOICE {
+ ms10 INTEGER(0..9),
+ ms20 INTEGER(0..19),
+ ms32 INTEGER(0..31),
+ ms40 INTEGER(0..39),
+ ms60 INTEGER(0..59),
+ ms64 INTEGER(0..63),
+ ms70 INTEGER(0..69),
+ ms80 INTEGER(0..79),
+ ms128 INTEGER(0..127),
+ ms160 INTEGER(0..159),
+ ms256 INTEGER(0..255),
+ ms320 INTEGER(0..319),
+ ms512 INTEGER(0..511),
+ ms640 INTEGER(0..639),
+ ms1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
+ ms1280 INTEGER(0..1279),
+ ms2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
+ ms2560 INTEGER(0..2559),
+ ms5120 INTEGER(0..5119),
+ ms10240 INTEGER(0..10239)
+ },
+ -- FFS need for finer offset granulary
+ -- FFS need for shorter values for long and short cycles
+ shortDRX SEQUENCE {
+ drx-ShortCycle ENUMERATED {
+ ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms7, ms8, ms10, ms14, ms16, ms20, ms30, ms32,
+ ms35, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, spare9,
+ spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 },
+ drx-ShortCycleTimer INTEGER (1..16)
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ drx-SlotOffset INTEGER (0..31)
+
+}
+
+PHR-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ phr-PeriodicTimer ENUMERATED {sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100, sf200,sf500, sf1000, infinity},
+ phr-ProhibitTimer ENUMERATED {sf0, sf10, sf20, sf50, sf100,sf200, sf500, sf1000},
+ phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange ENUMERATED {dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity},
+ multiplePHR BOOLEAN,
+ phr-Type2PCell BOOLEAN,
+ phr-Type2OtherCell BOOLEAN,
+ phr-ModeOtherCG ENUMERATED {real, virtual}
+
+}
+
+
+TAG-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ tag-ToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofTAGs)) OF TAG-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ tag-ToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofTAGs)) OF TAG-ToAddMod OPTIONAL -- Need N
+}
+
+TAG-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ tag-Id TAG-Id,
+ timeAlignmentTimer TimeAlignmentTimer,
+ ...
+}
+
+TAG-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofTAGs-1)
+
+TimeAlignmentTimer ::= ENUMERATED {ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, ms5120, ms10240, infinity}
+
+BSR-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ periodicBSR-Timer ENUMERATED {
+ sf1, sf5, sf10, sf16, sf20, sf32, sf40, sf64, sf80, sf128, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, infinity},
+ retxBSR-Timer ENUMERATED { sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, sf320, sf640, sf1280, sf2560, sf5120, sf10240, spare5, spare4,
+ spare3, spare2, spare1},
+ logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer ENUMERATED { sf20, sf40, sf64, sf128, sf512, sf1024, sf2560, spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need R
+}
+
+
+
+-- TAG-MAC-CELL-GROUP-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-MEAS-CONFIG-START
+
+MeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Measurement objects
+ measObjectToRemoveList MeasObjectToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ measObjectToAddModList MeasObjectToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Reporting configurations
+ reportConfigToRemoveList ReportConfigToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ reportConfigToAddModList ReportConfigToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Measurement identities
+ measIdToRemoveList MeasIdToRemoveList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ measIdToAddModList MeasIdToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Other parameters
+ --s-Measure config
+ s-MeasureConfig CHOICE {
+ ssb-RSRP RSRP-Range,
+ csi-RSRP RSRP-Range
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ quantityConfig QuantityConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ --Placehold for measGapConfig
+ measGapConfig MeasGapConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+MeasObjectToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectId
+
+MeasIdToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasId
+
+ReportConfigToRemoveList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigId
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-CONFIG-STOP
+--TAG-MEAS-GAP-CONFIG-START
+
+MeasGapConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ gapFR2 SetupRelease { GapConfig } OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+GapConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ gapOffset INTEGER (0..159),
+ mgl ENUMERATED {ms1dot5, ms3, ms3dot5, ms4, ms5dot5, ms6},
+ mgrp ENUMERATED {ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160},
+ mgta ENUMERATED {ms0, ms0dot25, ms0dot5},
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-GAP-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-MEAS-ID-START
+
+MeasId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofMeasId)
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-ID-STOP
+-- TAG-MEAS-ID-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-START
+
+MeasIdToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF MeasIdToAddMod
+
+MeasIdToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measId MeasId,
+ measObjectId MeasObjectId,
+ reportConfigId ReportConfigId
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-ID-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-STOP
+-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-ID-START
+
+MeasObjectId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofObjectId)
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-ID-STOP
+-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-NR-START
+
+MeasObjectNR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ssbFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
+ refFreqCSI-RS ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
+
+ --RS configuration (e.g. SMTC window, CSI-RS resource, etc.)
+ referenceSignalConfig ReferenceSignalConfig,
+
+ --Consolidation of L1 measurements per RS index
+ absThreshSS-BlocksConsolidation ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ absThreshCSI-RS-Consolidation ThresholdNR OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ --Config for cell measurement derivation
+ nrofSS-BlocksToAverage INTEGER (2..maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ nrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage INTEGER (2..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Filter coefficients applicable to this measurement object
+ quantityConfigIndex INTEGER (1..maxNrofQuantityConfig),
+
+ --Frequency-specific offsets
+ offsetFreq Q-OffsetRangeList,
+
+ -- Cell list
+ cellsToRemoveList PCI-List OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ cellsToAddModList CellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Black list
+ blackCellsToRemoveList PCI-RangeIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ blackCellsToAddModList BlackCellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- White list
+ whiteCellsToRemoveList PCI-RangeIndexList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ whiteCellsToAddModList WhiteCellsToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ ...
+}
+
+ReferenceSignalConfig::= SEQUENCE {
+
+
+ -- SSB configuration for mobility (nominal SSBs, timing configuration)
+ ssb-ConfigMobility SSB-ConfigMobility OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- CSI-RS resources to be used for CSI-RS based RRM measurements
+ csi-rs-ResourceConfigMobility SetupRelease { CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility } OPTIONAL-- Need M
+
+}
+
+-- A measurement timing configuration
+SSB-ConfigMobility::= SEQUENCE {
+ --Only the values 15, 30 or 60 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable
+ subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
+ -- The set of SS blocks to be measured within the SMTC measurement duration.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SSB-measured' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE measures on all SS-blocks
+ -- FFS_CHECK: Is this IE placed correctly.
+ ssb-ToMeasure SetupRelease { SSB-ToMeasure } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Indicates whether the UE can utilize serving cell timing to derive the index of SS block transmitted by neighbour cell:
+ useServingCellTimingForSync BOOLEAN,
+
+ -- Primary measurement timing configuration. Applicable for intra- and inter-frequency measurements.
+ smtc1 SEQUENCE {
+ -- Periodicity and offset of the measurement window in which to receive SS/PBCH blocks.
+ -- Periodicity and offset are given in number of subframes.
+ -- FFS_FIXME: This does not match the L1 parameter table! They seem to intend an index to a hidden table in L1 specs.
+ -- (see 38.213, section REF):
+ periodicityAndOffset CHOICE {
+ sf5 INTEGER (0..4),
+ sf10 INTEGER (0..9),
+ sf20 INTEGER (0..19),
+ sf40 INTEGER (0..39),
+ sf80 INTEGER (0..79),
+ sf160 INTEGER (0..159)
+ },
+ -- Duration of the measurement window in which to receive SS/PBCH blocks. It is given in number of subframes
+ -- (see 38.213, section 4.1)
+ duration ENUMERATED { sf1, sf2, sf3, sf4, sf5 }
+ },
+
+ -- Secondary measurement timing confguration for explicitly signalled PCIs. It uses the offset and duration from smtc1.
+ -- It is supported only for intra-frequency measurements in RRC CONNECTED.
+ smtc2 SEQUENCE {
+ -- PCIs that are known to follow this SMTC.
+ pci-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCIsPerSMTC)) OF PhysCellId OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Periodicity for the given PCIs. Timing offset and Duration as provided in smtc1.
+ periodicity ENUMERATED {sf5, sf10, sf20, sf40, sf80, sf160, spare2, spare1}
+ } OPTIONAL,-- Cond IntraFreqConnected
+ ss-RSSI-Measurement SEQUENCE {
+ measurementSlots CHOICE {
+ kHz15 BIT STRING (SIZE(1)),
+ kHz30 BIT STRING (SIZE(2)),
+ kHz60 BIT STRING (SIZE(4)),
+ kHz120 BIT STRING (SIZE(8))
+ },
+ endSymbol INTEGER(0..13)
+ } OPTIONAL
+}
+
+CSI-RS-ResourceConfigMobility ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- MO specific values
+ isServingCellMO BOOLEAN,
+ -- Subcarrier spacing of CSI-RS.
+ -- Only the values 15, 30 or 60 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Numerology' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
+ -- List of cells
+ csi-RS-CellList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM)) OF CSI-RS-CellMobility
+
+}
+
+CSI-RS-CellMobility ::= SEQUENCE {
+ cellId PhysCellId,
+
+ csi-rs-MeasurementBW SEQUENCE {
+ -- Allowed size of the measurement BW in PRBs
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-measurementBW-size' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+ nrofPRBs ENUMERATED { size24, size48, size96, size192, size264},
+ -- Starting PRB index of the measurement bandwidth
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-measurement-BW-start' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+ -- FFS_Value: Upper edge of value range unclear in RAN1
+ startPRB INTEGER(0..2169)
+ },
+
+ -- Frequency domain density for the 1-port CSI-RS for L3 mobility
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Density' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+ density ENUMERATED {d1,d3} OPTIONAL,
+
+
+-- List of resources
+ csi-rs-ResourceList-Mobility SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM)) OF CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility
+}
+
+
+CSI-RS-Resource-Mobility ::= SEQUENCE {
+ csi-RS-Index CSI-RS-Index,
+ -- Contains periodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent CSI-RS (see 38.211, section x.x.x.x)FFS_Ref
+ slotConfig CHOICE {
+ ms4 INTEGER (0..31),
+ ms5 INTEGER (0..39),
+ ms10 INTEGER (0..79),
+ ms20 INTEGER (0..159),
+ ms40 INTEGER (0..319)
+ },
+ -- Each CSI-RS resource may be associated with one SSB. If such SSB is indicated, the NW also indicates whether the UE may assume
+ -- quasi-colocation of this SSB with this CSI-RS reosurce.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Associated-SSB' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+
+ associatedSSB SEQUENCE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ -- The CSI-RS resource is either QCL’ed not QCL’ed with the associated SSB in spatial parameters
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'QCLed-SSB' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+ isQuasiColocated BOOLEAN
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond AssociatedSSB
+
+
+ -- Frequency domain allocation within a physical resource block in accordance with 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3 including table 7.4.1.5.2-1.
+ -- The number of bits that may be set to one depend on the chosen row in that table. For the choice "other", the row can be determined from
+ -- the parmeters below and from the number of bits set to 1 in frequencyDomainAllocation.
+ frequencyDomainAllocation CHOICE {
+ row1 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
+ row2 BIT STRING (SIZE (12))
+ },
+
+
+ -- Time domain allocation within a physical resource block. The field indicates the first OFDM symbol in the PRB used for CSI-RS.
+ -- Parameter l0 in 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.3. Value 2 is supported only when DL-DMRS-typeA-pos equals 3.
+ firstOFDMSymbolInTimeDomain INTEGER (0..13),
+ -- Scrambling ID for CSI-RS(see 38.211, section 7.4.1.5.2)
+ sequenceGenerationConfig INTEGER (0..1023),
+ ...
+}
+
+CSI-RS-Index ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM-1)
+
+Q-OffsetRangeList ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rsrpOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
+ rsrqOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
+ sinrOffsetSSB Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
+ rsrpOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
+ rsrqOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0,
+ sinrOffsetCSI-RS Q-OffsetRange DEFAULT dB0
+}
+
+SSB-ToMeasure ::= CHOICE {
+ -- bitmap for sub 3 GHz
+ shortBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
+ -- bitmap for 3-6 GHz
+ mediumBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
+ -- bitmap for above 6 GHz
+ longBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (64))
+}
+
+
+ThresholdNR ::= SEQUENCE{
+ thresholdRSRP RSRP-Range OPTIONAL,
+ thresholdRSRQ RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL,
+ thresholdSINR SINR-Range OPTIONAL
+}
+
+CellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCellMeas)) OF CellsToAddMod
+
+CellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ physCellId PhysCellId,
+ cellIndividualOffset Q-OffsetRangeList
+}
+
+BlackCellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF BlackCellsToAddMod
+
+BlackCellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pci-RangeIndex PCI-RangeIndex,
+ pci-Range PCI-Range
+}
+
+
+WhiteCellsToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF WhiteCellsToAddMod
+
+WhiteCellsToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pci-RangeIndex PCI-RangeIndex,
+ pci-Range PCI-Range
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-NR-STOP
+-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-START
+
+MeasObjectToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofObjectId)) OF MeasObjectToAddMod
+
+MeasObjectToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measObjectId MeasObjectId,
+ measObject CHOICE {
+ measObjectNR MeasObjectNR,
+ ...
+ }
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-OBJECT-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-STOP
+-- TAG-MEAS-RESULTS-START
+
+MeasResults ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measId MeasId,
+ measResultServingFreqList MeasResultServFreqList,
+ measResultNeighCells CHOICE {
+ measResultListNR MeasResultListNR,
+ ...
+ } OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+MeasResultServFreqList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServFreq
+
+MeasResultServFreq ::= SEQUENCE {
+ servFreqId ServCellIndex,
+ measResultServingCell MeasResultNR,
+ measResultBestNeighCell MeasResultNR,
+ ...
+}
+
+MeasResultListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellReport)) OF MeasResultNR
+
+MeasResultNR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ physCellId PhysCellId OPTIONAL,
+ --FFS: Details of cgi info
+ cgi-Info ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue} OPTIONAL,
+ measResult SEQUENCE {
+ cellResults SEQUENCE{
+ resultsSSB-Cell MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL,
+ resultsCSI-RS-Cell MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL
+ },
+ rsIndexResults SEQUENCE{
+ resultsSSB-Indexes ResultsPerSSB-IndexList OPTIONAL,
+ resultsCSI-RS-Indexes ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL
+ },
+ ...
+}
+
+
+MeasQuantityResults ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rsrp RSRP-Range OPTIONAL,
+ rsrq RSRQ-Range OPTIONAL,
+ sinr SINR-Range OPTIONAL
+}
+
+ResultsPerSSB-IndexList::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSSBs)) OF ResultsPerSSB-Index
+
+ResultsPerSSB-Index ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ ssb-Results MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL
+}
+
+ResultsPerCSI-RS-IndexList::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCSI-RS)) OF ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index
+
+ResultsPerCSI-RS-Index ::= SEQUENCE {
+ csi-RS-Index CSI-RS-Index,
+ csi-RS-Results MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-RESULTS-STOP
+-- TAG-MEAS-RESULT-SCG-FAILURE-START
+
+MeasResultSCG-Failure ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measResultServFreqList MeasResultServFreqList2NR,
+ measResultNeighCells MeasResultList2NR,
+ ...
+}
+
+MeasResultServFreqList2NR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF MeasResultServFreq2NR
+
+MeasResultServFreq2NR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ssbFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
+ refFreqCSI-RS ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
+ measResultServingCell MeasResultNR,
+ measResultBestNeighCell MeasResultNR OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MeasResultList2NR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF MeasResult2NR
+
+MeasResult2NR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ssbFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
+ refFreqCSI-RS ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
+ measResultListNR MeasResultListNR
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEAS-RESULT-SCG-FAILURE-STOP
+-- TAG-MEASRESULT-CELL-LIST-SFTD-START
+
+MeasResultCellListSFTD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxCellSFTD)) OF MeasResultCellSFTD
+
+MeasResultCellSFTD ::= SEQUENCE {
+ physCellId PhysCellId,
+ sfn-OffsetResult INTEGER (0..1023),
+ frameBoundaryOffsetResult INTEGER (-30720..30719),
+ rsrp-Result RSRP-Range OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEASRESULT-CELL-LIST-SFTD-STOP
+-- TAG-MULTIFREQUENCYBANDLISTNR-START
+
+MultiFrequencyBandListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMultiBands)) OF FreqBandIndicatorNR
+
+-- TAG-MULTIFREQUENCYBANDLISTNR-STOP
+-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-START
+NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
+ nzp-CSI-ResourceSetId NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId,
+
+ -- NZP-CSI-RS-Resources assocaited with this NZP-CSI-RS resource set.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-ResourceConfigList' (see 38.214, section 5.2)
+ -- For CSI, there are at most 8 NZP CSI RS resources per resource set
+ nzp-CSI-RS-Resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+
+ -- Indicates whether repetition is on/off. If set to set to 'OFF', the UE may not assume that the
+ -- NZP-CSI-RS resources within the resource set are transmitted with the same downlink spatial domain transmission filter
+ -- and with same NrofPorts in every symbol.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-ResourceRep' (see 38.214, sections 5.2.2.3.1 and 5.1.6.1.2)
+ -- Can only be configured for CSI-RS resource sets which are associated with CSI-ReportConfig with report of L1 RSRP or “no reportâ€
+ repetition ENUMERATED { on, off } OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- Offset X between the slot containing the DCI that triggers a set of aperiodic NZP CSI-RS resources and the slot in which the
+ -- CSI-RS resource set is transmitted. When the field is absent the UE applies the value 0.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Aperiodic-NZP-CSI-RS-TriggeringOffset' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
+ aperiodicTriggeringOffset INTEGER(0..4) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Indicates that the antenna port for all NZP-CSI-RS resources in the CSI-RS resource set is same.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'TRS-Info' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
+ trs-Info ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-STOP
+-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESETID-START
+NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets-1)
+
+-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESETID-STOP
+-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCE-START
+NZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ nzp-CSI-RS-ResourceId NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+
+ -- OFDM symbol location(s) in a slot and subcarrier occupancy in a PRB of the CSI-RS resource
+ resourceMapping CSI-RS-ResourceMapping,
+ -- Power offset of NZP CSI-RS RE to PDSCH RE. Value in dB. Corresponds to L1 parameter Pc (see 38.214, sections 5.2.2.3.1 and 4.1)
+ powerControlOffset INTEGER(-8..15),
+ -- Power offset of NZP CSI-RS RE to SS RE. Value in dB. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Pc_SS' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
+ powerControlOffsetSS ENUMERATED{db-3, db0, db3, db6} OPTIONAL,
+ -- Scrambling ID (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
+ scramblingID ScramblingId,
+
+ -- Periodicity and slot offset sl1 corresponds to a periodicity of 1 slot, sl2 to a periodicity of two slots, and so on.
+ -- The corresponding offset is also given in number of slots. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'CSI-RS-timeConfig' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
+ periodicityAndOffset CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset OPTIONAL, --Cond PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
+
+ -- For a target periodic CSI-RS, contains a reference to one TCI-State in TCI-States for providing the QCL source and
+ -- QCL type. For periodic CSI-RS, the source can be SSB or another periodic-CSI-RS.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'QCL-Info-PeriodicCSI-RS' (see 38.214, section 5.2.2.3.1)
+ qcl-InfoPeriodicCSI-RS TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, --Cond Periodic
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCE-STOP
+-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCEID-START
+NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources-1)
+
+-- TAG-NZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCEID-STOP
+-- TAG-P-MAX-START
+
+P-Max ::= INTEGER (-30..33)
+
+-- TAG-P-MAX-STOP
+-- TAG-PCI-LIST-START
+
+PCI-List ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCellMeas)) OF PhysCellId
+
+-- TAG-PCI-LIST-STOP
+-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-START
+
+PCI-Range ::= SEQUENCE {
+ start PhysCellId,
+ range ENUMERATED {
+ n4, n8, n12, n16, n24, n32, n48, n64, n84,
+ n96, n128, n168, n252, n504, n1008,
+ spare1} OPTIONAL -- Need Nss
+}
+
+-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-STOP
+-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-INDEX-START
+
+PCI-RangeIndex ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)
+
+
+-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-INDEX-STOP
+-- TAG-PCI-RANGE-INDEX-LIST-START
+
+PCI-RangeIndexList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPCI-Ranges)) OF PCI-RangeIndex
+
+-- TAG-PCI-Range-INDEX-LIST-STOP
+-- TAG-PDCCH-CONFIG-START
+
+PDCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- List of UE specifically configured Control Resource Sets (CORESETs) to be used by the UE.
+ -- The network configures at most 3 CORESETs per BWP per cell (including the initial CORESET).
+ controlResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..3)) OF ControlResourceSet OPTIONAL,
+ controlResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..3)) OF ControlResourceSetId OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- List of UE specifically configured Control Resource Sets (CORESETs).
+ -- The network configures at most 10 Search Spaces per BWP per cell (including the initial Search Space).
+ searchSpacesToAddModList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..10)) OF SearchSpace OPTIONAL,
+ searchSpacesToReleaseList SEQUENCE(SIZE (1..10)) OF SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- Configuration of downlink preemtption indications to be monitored in this cell.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Preemp-DL' (see 38.214, section 11.2)
+ -- FFS_RAN1: LS R1-1801281 indicates this is "Per Cell (but association with each configured BWP is needed)" => Unclear, keep on BWP for now.
+ downlinkPreemption SetupRelease { DownlinkPreemption } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Configuration of Slot-Format-Indicators to be monitored in this cell
+
+ -- FFS_RAN1 discusses still whether this SFI payload configuration is BWP- or Cell-Specific.
+ slotFormatIndicator SetupRelease { SlotFormatIndicator } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Enable and configure reception of group TPC commands for PUSCH
+ tpc-PUSCH SetupRelease { PUSCH-TPC-CommandConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Enable and configure reception of group TPC commands fpr PUCCH
+ tpc-PUCCH SetupRelease { PUCCH-TPC-CommandConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUCCH-CellOnly
+
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PDCCH-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PDCCH-CONFIGCOMMON-START
+
+PDCCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- A list of common control resource sets. Only CORESETs with ControlResourceSetId = 0 or 1 are allowed. The CORESET#0
+ -- corresponds to the CORESET configured in MIB (see pdcch-ConfigSIB1) and is used to provide that information to the UE
+ -- by dedicated signalling during handover and (P)SCell addition. The CORESET#1 may be configured an used for RAR
+ -- (see ra-ControlResourceSet).
+ commonControlResourcesSets SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..2)) OF ControlResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- A list of additional common search spaces.
+ commonSearchSpaces SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SearchSpace OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- ID of the search space for SIB1 message.
+
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rmsi-SearchSpace' (see 38.213, section 10)
+ searchSpaceSIB1 SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- ID of the Search space for other system information, i.e., SIB2 and beyond.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'osi-SearchSpace' (see 38.213, section 10)
+ -- If the field is absent, the monitoring occasions are derived as described in 38.213, section 10.1 and section 13.
+ searchSpaceOtherSystemInformation SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- ID of the Search space for paging. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'paging-SearchSpace' (see 38.213, section 10)
+ -- If the field is absent, the monitoring occasions are derived as described in 38.213, section 10.1 and section 13.
+ pagingSearchSpace SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- CORESET configured for random access. When the field is absent the UE uses the CORESET according to pdcch-ConfigSIB1
+ -- which is associated with ControlResourceSetId = 0.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rach-coreset-configuration' (see 38.211?, section FFS_Section)
+ ra-ControlResourceSet ControlResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- ID of the Search space for random access procedure. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ra-SearchSpace' (see 38.214?, section FFS_Section)
+ -- If the field is absent, the monitoring occasions are derived as described in 38.213, section 10.1 and section 13.
+ ra-SearchSpace SearchSpaceId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+
+}
+
+-- TAG-PDCCH-CONFIGCOMMON-STOP
+-- TAG-PDCP-CONFIG-START
+
+PDCP-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ drb SEQUENCE {
+ discardTimer ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms75, ms100, ms150, ms200, ms250, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1500, infinity} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+ pdcp-SN-SizeUL ENUMERATED {len12bits, len18bits} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup2
+ pdcp-SN-SizeDL ENUMERATED {len12bits, len18bits} OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup2
+ headerCompression CHOICE {
+ notUsed NULL,
+ rohc SEQUENCE {
+ maxCID INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
+ profiles SEQUENCE {
+ profile0x0001 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0002 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0003 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0004 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0006 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0101 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0102 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0103 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0104 BOOLEAN
+ },
+ drb-ContinueROHC BOOLEAN
+ },
+ uplinkOnlyROHC SEQUENCE {
+ maxCID INTEGER (1..16383) DEFAULT 15,
+ profiles SEQUENCE {
+ profile0x0006 BOOLEAN
+ },
+ drb-ContinueROHC BOOLEAN
+ },
+ ...
+ },
+ integrityProtection ENUMERATED { enabled } OPTIONAL, -- Cond ConnectedTo5GC
+ statusReportRequired ENUMERATED { true } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Rlc-AM
+ outOfOrderDelivery BOOLEAN
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRB
+ -- FFS / TODO: Handle more than two secondary cell groups
+ moreThanOneRLC SEQUENCE {
+ primaryPath SEQUENCE {
+ cellGroup CellGroupId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ logicalChannel LogicalChannelIdentity OPTIONAL -- Need R
+ },
+ ul-DataSplitThreshold UL-DataSplitThreshold OPTIONAL, -- Cond SplitBearer
+ pdcp-Duplication ENUMERATED { true } OPTIONAL -- Need R
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond MoreThanOneRLC
+
+ t-Reordering ENUMERATED {
+ ms0, ms1, ms2, ms4, ms5, ms8, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms30, ms40, ms50, ms60, ms80, ms100, ms120, ms140, ms160, ms180, ms200, ms220,
+ ms240, ms260, ms280, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1000, ms1250, ms1500, ms1750, ms2000, ms2250, ms2500, ms2750,
+ ms3000, spare28, spare27, spare26, spare25, spare24, spare23, spare22, spare21, spare20,
+ spare19, spare18, spare17, spare16, spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11, spare10, spare09,
+ spare08, spare07, spare06, spare05, spare04, spare03, spare02, spare01 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+
+ ...
+}
+
+UL-DataSplitThreshold ::= ENUMERATED {
+ b0, b100, b200, b400, b800, b1600, b3200, b6400, b12800, b25600, b51200, b102400, b204800,
+ b409600, b819200, b1228800, b1638400, b2457600, b3276800, b4096000, b4915200, b5734400,
+ b6553600, infinity, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
+
+-- TAG-PDCP-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PDSCH-CONFIG-START
+
+PDSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Identifer used to initalite data scrambling (c_init) for both PDSCH.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Data-scrambling-Identity' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- FFS:_Replace by tye ScramblingId used in other places?
+ dataScramblingIdentityPDSCH INTEGER (0..1007) OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- DMRS configuration for PDSCH transmissions using PDSCH mapping type A (chosen dynamically via PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation).
+ dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeA SetupRelease { DMRS-DownlinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- DMRS configuration for PDSCH transmissions using PDSCH mapping type B (chosen dynamically via PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation).
+ dmrs-DownlinkForPDSCH-MappingTypeB SetupRelease { DMRS-DownlinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+
+ -- A list of Transmission Configuration Indicator (TCI) states for dynamically indicating (over DCI) a transmission configuration
+ -- which includes QCL-relationships between the DL RSs in one RS set and the PDSCH DMRS ports
+ -- (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
+ tci-StatesToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-State OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ tci-StatesToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofTCI-States)) OF TCI-StateId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Interleaving unit configurable between 2 and 4 PRBs
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'VRB-to-PRB-interleaver' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.6)
+ vrb-ToPRB-Interleaver ENUMERATED {n2, n4},
+
+ -- Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1 for non-fallback DCI
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resouce-allocation-config' (see 38.214, section 5.1.2)
+ resourceAllocation ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0,
+resourceAllocationType1,
+dynamicSwitch},
+
+ -- List of time-domain configurations for timing of DL assignment to DL data. If configured, the values provided herein
+ -- override the values received in corresponding PDSCH-ConfigCommon.
+ pdsch-AllocationList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Number of repetitions for data. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'aggregation-factor-DL' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1
+ pdsch-AggregationFactor ENUMERATED { n2, n4, n8 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Resources patterns which the UE should rate match PDSCH around. The UE rate matches around the union of all resources
+ -- indicated in the nexted bitmaps. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resource-set-BWP' (see 38.214, section 5.1.2.2.3)
+ -- FFS: RAN1 indicates that there should be a set of patterns per cell and one per BWP => Having both seems unnecessary.
+
+ rateMatchPatternToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPattern OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ rateMatchPatternToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPatternId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- The IDs of a first group of RateMatchPatterns defined in the rateMatchPatternToAddModList.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resource-set-group-1'. (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ rateMatchPatternGroup1 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPatternId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- The IDs of a second group of RateMatchPatterns defined in the rateMatchPatternToAddModList
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resource-set-group-2'. (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ rateMatchPatternGroup2 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPatternId OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+
+ -- Selection between config 1 and config 2 for RBG size for PDSCH. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'RBG-size-PDSCH' (see 38.214, section 5.1.2.2.1)
+ rbg-Size ENUMERATED {config1, config2},
+
+ -- Indicates which MCS table the UE shall use for PDSCH. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MCS-Table-PDSCH' (see 38.214, section 5.1.3.1).
+ mcs-Table ENUMERATED {qam64, qam256},
+
+ -- Maximum number of code words that a single DCI may schedule. This changes the number of MCS/RV/NDI bits in the DCI message from 1 to 2.
+ maxNrofCodeWordsScheduledByDCI ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+
+ -- Indicates the PRB bundle type and bundle size(s). If "dynamic" is chosen, the actual BundleSizeSet to use is indicated via DCI.
+ -- If a bundleSize(Set) value is absent, the UE applies the value n2. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PRB_bundling'
+ -- (see 38.214, section 5.1.2.3)
+ prb-BundlingType CHOICE {
+ static SEQUENCE {
+ bundleSize ENUMERATED { n4, wideband } OPTIONAL -- Need S
+ },
+ dynamic SEQUENCE {
+ bundleSizeSet1 ENUMERATED { n4, wideband, n2-wideband, n4-wideband } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ bundleSizeSet2 ENUMERATED { n4, wideband } OPTIONAL -- Need S
+ }
+ },
+
+ -- A list of Zero-Power (ZP) CSI-RS resources used for PDSCH rate-matching.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceConfigList' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ zp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ zp-CSI-RS-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- A list of sets. Each set contains a set-ID and the IDs of one or more ZP-CSI-RS-Resources (the actual resources are defined in the
+ -- zp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList). The network triggers a set by indicating its set-ID (ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId) in the DCI payload.
+ -- The resources referenced in these sets are confgiured with resourceType 'aperiodic'.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter ' ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetConfigList' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ aperiodic-ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ aperiodic-ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- A list of sets. Each set contains a set-ID and the IDs of one or more ZP-CSI-RS-Resources (the actual resources are defined in the
+ -- zp-CSI-RS-ResourceToAddModList). The network triggers a set by indicating its set-ID (ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId) in the MAC CE.
+ -- The resources referenced in these sets are confgiured with resourceType 'semi-persistent'.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SP-ZP-CSI-RS-Resource-List' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4_Section)
+ sp-ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ sp-ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ ...
+}
+
+
+
+
+-- TAG-PDSCH-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PDSCH-CONFIGCOMMON-START
+
+PDSCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- List of time-domain configurations for timing of DL assignment to DL data
+ pdsch-AllocationList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofDL-Allocations)) OF PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PDSCH-CONFIGCOMMON-STOP
+-- TAG-PDSCH-SERVINGCELLCONFIG-START
+
+PDSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Enables and configures code-block-group (CBG) based transmission (see 38.213, section 9.1.1)
+ codeBlockGroupTransmission SetupRelease { PDSCH-CodeBlockGroupTransmission } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Accounts for overhead from CSI-RS, CORESET, etc. If the field is absent, the UE applies value xOh0.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Xoh-PDSCH' (see 38.214, section 5.1.3.2)
+ xOverhead ENUMERATED { xOh6, xOh12, xOh18 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- The number of HARQ processes to be used on the PDSCH of a serving cell. n2 corresponds to 2 HARQ processes, n4 to 4 HARQ processes
+ -- and so on. If the field is absent, the UE uses 8 HARQ processes.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-HARQ-process-PDSCH' (see 38.214, section REF)
+ nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, n10, n12, n16} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- The ID of the serving cell (of the same cell group) to use for PUCCH.
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE sends the HARQ feedback on the PUCCH of the SpCell of this cell group.
+ pucch-Cell ServCellIndex OPTIONAL , -- Cond SCellAddOnly
+ ...
+}
+
+PDSCH-CodeBlockGroupTransmission ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Maximum number of code-block-groups (CBGs) per TB. In case of multiple CW the maximum CBG is 4 (see 38.213, section 9.1.1)
+ maxCodeBlockGroupsPerTransportBlock ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, n8},
+ -- Indicates whether CBGFI for CBG based (re)transmission in DL is enabled (true). (see 38.212, section 7.3.1.2.2)
+ codeBlockGroupFlushIndicator BOOLEAN,
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PDSCH-SERVINGCELLCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PDSCH-TIMEDOMAINRESOURCEALLOCATION-START
+
+PDSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'K0' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 0
+ k0 INTEGER (1..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- PDSCH mapping type. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Mapping-type' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ mappingType ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB},
+ -- An index into a table/equation in RAN1 specs capturing valid combinations of start symbol and length (jointly encoded)
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Index-start-len' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ startSymbolAndLength BIT STRING (SIZE (7))
+}
+
+-- TAG-PDSCH-TIMEDOMAINRESOURCEALLOCATION-STOP
+-- TAG-PHYS-CELL-ID-START
+
+PhysCellId ::= INTEGER (0..1007)
+
+-- TAG-PHYS-CELL-ID-STOP
+-- TAG-PRB-ID-START
+
+PRB-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1)
+
+-- TAG-PRB-ID-STOP
+-- TAG-PTRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-START
+
+PTRS-DownlinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Presence and frequency density of DL PT-RS as a function of Scheduled BW
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE uses K_PT-RS = 2.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-frequency-density-table' (see 38.214, section 5.1)
+ frequencyDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (2)) OF INTEGER (1..276) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Presence and time density of DL PT-RS as a function of MCS. The value 29 is only applicable for MCS Table 5.1.3.1-1 (38.214)
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE uses L_PT-RS = 1.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-time-density-table' (see 38.214, section 5.1)
+ timeDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF INTEGER (0..29) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- EPRE ratio between PTRS and PDSCH. Value 0 correspond to the codepoint â€00†in table 4.1-2. Value 1 corresponds to codepoint â€01â€
+ -- If the field is not provided, the UE applies value 0. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-EPRE-ratio' (see 38.214, section 4.1)
+ epre-RatioPort1 INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- EPRE ratio between PTRS and PDSCH. Value 0 correspond to the codepoint â€00†in table 4.1-2. Value 1 corresponds to codepoint â€01â€.
+ -- If the field is not provided, the UE applies value 0. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-EPRE-ratio' (see 38.214, section 4.1)
+ epre-RatioPort2 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Cond TwoPorts
+ -- Indicates the subcarrier offset for DL PTRS. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value offset00.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-PTRS-RE-offset' (see 38.214, section 5.1.6.3)
+ resourceElementOffset ENUMERATED { offset01, offset10, offset11 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PTRS-DOWNLINKCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PTRS-UPLINKCONFIG-START
+
+PTRS-UplinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ modeSpecificParameters CHOICE {
+ -- Configuration of UL PTRS for CP-OFDM
+ cp-OFDM SEQUENCE {
+ -- Presence and frequency density of UL PT-RS for CP-OFDM waveform as a function of scheduled BW
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE uses K_PT-RS = 2.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-frequency-density-table' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
+ frequencyDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (2)) OF INTEGER (1..276) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Presence and time density of UL PT-RS for CP-OFDM waveform as a function of MCS
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE uses L_PT-RS = 1.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-time-density-table' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
+ timeDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (3)) OF INTEGER (0..29) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- The maximum number of UL PTRS ports for CP-OFDM.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-ports' (see 38.214, section 6.2.3.1)
+ maxNrofPorts ENUMERATED {n1, n2},
+ -- Indicates the subcarrier offset for UL PTRS for CP-OFDM.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-RE-offset' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
+ resourceElementOffset ENUMERATED {offset01, offset10, offset11 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- UL PTRS power boosting factor per PTRS port. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-power' (see 38.214, section 6.1, table 6.2.3-5)
+ ptrs-Power ENUMERATED {p00, p01, p10, p11}
+ },
+ -- Configuration of UL PTRS for DFT-S-OFDM.
+ dft-S-OFDM SEQUENCE {
+ -- Sample density of PT-RS for DFT-s-OFDM, pre-DFT, indicating a set of thresholds T={NRBn,n=0,1,2,3,4},
+ -- that indicates dependency between presence of PT-RS and scheduled BW and the values of X and K the UE should
+ -- use depending on the scheduled BW according to the table in 38.214 FFS_Section.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-pre-DFT-density' (see 38.214, section 6.1, 6.2.3-3)
+ sampleDensity SEQUENCE (SIZE (5)) OF INTEGER (1..276),
+ -- Time density (OFDM symbol level) of PT-RS for DFT-s-OFDM. If the value is absent, the UE applies value d1.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-time-density-transform-precoding' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
+ timeDensity ENUMERATED {d2} OPTIONAL -- Need S
+ }
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond M
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PTRS-UPLINKCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PUCCH-CONFIG-START
+
+PUCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Lists for adding and releasing PUCCH resource sets (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+ resourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets)) OF PUCCH-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ resourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets)) OF PUCCH-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Lists for adding and releasing PUCCH resources applicable for the UL BWP and serving cell in which the PUCCH-Config
+ -- is defined. The resources defined herein are referred to from other parts of the configuration to determine which
+ -- resource the UE shall use for which report.
+ resourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-Resources)) OF PUCCH-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ resourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-Resources)) OF PUCCH-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Parameters that are common for all PUCCH resources of format 1
+ format1 SetupRelease { PUCCH-FormatConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Parameters that are common for all PUCCH resources of format 2
+ format2 SetupRelease { PUCCH-FormatConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Parameters that are common for all PUCCH resources of format 3
+ format3 SetupRelease { PUCCH-FormatConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Parameters that are common for all PUCCH resources of format 4
+ format4 SetupRelease { PUCCH-FormatConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ schedulingRequestResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSR-Resources)) OF SchedulingRequestResourceConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ schedulingRequestResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSR-Resources)) OF SchedulingRequestResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF PUCCH-ResourceId OPTIONAL,-- Need M
+
+ -- List of timiing for given PDSCH to the DL ACK. In this version of the specification only the values [0..8] are applicable.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Slot-timing-value-K1' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ dl-DataToUL-ACK SEQUENCE (SIZE (8)) OF INTEGER (0..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Configuration of the spatial relation between a reference RS and PUCCH. Reference RS can be SSB/CSI-RS/SRS.
+ -- If the list has more than one element, MAC-CE selects a single element (see 38.321, section FFS_Section).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ spatialRelationInfoToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSpatialRelationInfos)) OF PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ spatialRelationInfoToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSpatialRelationInfos)) OF PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfoId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ pucch-PowerControl PUCCH-PowerControl OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+PUCCH-FormatConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Enabling inter-slot frequency hopping when PUCCH Format 1, 3 or 4 is repetead over multiple slots.
+ -- The field is not applicable for format 2.
+ interslotFrequencyHopping ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Enabling 2 DMRS symbols per hop of a PUCCH Format 3 or 4 if both hops are more than X symbols when FH is enabled (X=4).
+ -- Enabling 4 DMRS sybmols for a PUCCH Format 3 or 4 with more than 2X+1 symbols when FH is disabled (X=4).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-F3-F4-additional-DMRS' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
+ -- The field is not applicable for format 1 and 2.
+ additionalDMRS ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Max coding rate to determine how to feedback UCI on PUCCH for format 2, 3 or 4
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-F2-maximum-coderate', 'PUCCH-F3-maximum-coderate' and 'PUCCH-F4-maximum-coderate'
+ -- (see 38.213, section 9.2.5)
+ -- The field is not applicable for format 1.
+ maxCodeRate PUCCH-MaxCodeRate OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Number of slots with the same PUCCH F1, F3 or F4. When the field is absent the UE applies the value n1.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-F1-number-of-slots', 'PUCCH-F3-number-of-slots' and 'PUCCH-F4-number-of-slots'
+ -- (see 38.213, section 9.2.6)
+ -- The field is not applicable for format 2.
+ nrofSlots ENUMERATED {n2,n4,n8} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Enabling pi/2 BPSK for UCI symbols instead of QPSK for PUCCH.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-PF3-PF4-pi/2PBSK' (see 38.213, section 9.2.5)
+ -- The field is not applicable for format 1 and 2.
+ pi2PBSK ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Enabling simultaneous transmission of CSI and HARQ-ACK feedback with or without SR with PUCCH Format 2, 3 or 4
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-F2-Simultaneous-HARQ-ACK-CSI', 'PUCCH-F3-Simultaneous-HARQ-ACK-CSI' and
+ -- 'PUCCH-F4-Simultaneous-HARQ-ACK-CSI' (see 38.213, section 9.2.5)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value OFF
+ -- The field is not applicable for format 1.
+ simultaneousHARQ-ACK-CSI ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL -- Need R
+}
+
+PUCCH-MaxCodeRate ::= ENUMERATED {zeroDot08, zeroDot15, zeroDot25, zeroDot35, zeroDot45, zeroDot60, zeroDot80}
+
+PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pucch-SpatialRelationInfoId PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfoId,
+ referenceSignal CHOICE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+ srs SRS-ResourceId
+ },
+ pucch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,
+ p0-PUCCH-Id P0-PUCCH-Id,
+ closedLoopIndex ENUMERATED { i0, i1 }
+}
+
+PUCCH-SpatialRelationInfoId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofSpatialRelationInfos)
+
+-- A set with one or more PUCCH resources
+PUCCH-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pucch-ResourceSetId PUCCH-ResourceSetId,
+
+ -- PUCCH resources of format0 and format1 are only allowed in the first PUCCH reosurce set,
+ -- i.e., in a PUCCH-ResourceSet with pucch-ResourceSetId = 0. This set may contain between 8 and 32 resources.
+ -- PUCCH resources of format2, format3 and format4 are only allowed in a PUCCH-ReosurceSet with pucch-ResourceSetId > 0. If present, these sets must contain 8 resources each.
+ -- The UE chooses a PUCCH-Resource from this list based on the 3-bit PUCCH resource indicator field in DCI as
+ -- speciied in 38.213, FFS_section.
+ -- Note that this list contains only a list of resource IDs. The actual resources are configured in PUCCH-Config.
+ resources SEQUENCE (SIZE (8..maxNrofPUCCH-ResourcesPerSet)) OF PUCCH-ResourceId,
+
+ -- Maximum number of payload bits minus 1 that the UE may transmit using this PUCCH resource set. In a PUCCH occurrence, the UE
+ -- chooses the first of its PUCCH-ResourceSet which supports the number of bits that the UE wants to transmit.
+ -- The field is not present in the first set (Set0) since the maximum Size of Set0 is specified to be 3 bit.
+ -- The field is not present in the last configured set since the UE derives its maximum payload size as specified in 38.213.
+ -- This field can take integer values that are multiples of 4. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'N_2' or 'N_3' (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+ maxPayloadMinus1 INTEGER (4..256) OPTIONAL -- Need R
+}
+
+PUCCH-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets-1)
+
+PUCCH-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pucch-ResourceId PUCCH-ResourceId,
+
+ startingPRB PRB-Id,
+ -- Corresponds to the L1 parameter 'PUCCH-frequency-hopping' (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+ intraSlotFrequencyHopping ENUMERATED { enabled } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Index of starting PRB for second hop of PUCCH in case of FH. This value is appliable for intra-slot frequency hopping.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-2nd-hop-PRB' (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+ secondHopPRB PRB-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Selection of the PUCCH format and format-specific parameters
+ format CHOICE {
+ format0 PUCCH-format0, -- Cond InFirstSetOnly
+ format1 PUCCH-format1, -- Cond InFirstSetOnly
+ format2 PUCCH-format2, -- Cond NotInFirstSet
+ format3 PUCCH-format3, -- Cond NotInFirstSet
+ format4 PUCCH-format4 -- Cond NotInFirstSet
+ }
+}
+
+PUCCH-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUCCH-Resources-1)
+
+
+-- A PUCCH Format 0 resource configuration (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format0' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
+PUCCH-format0 ::= SEQUENCE {
+ initialCyclicShift INTEGER(0..11),
+ nrofSymbols INTEGER (1..2),
+ startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..13)
+}
+
+-- A PUCCH Format 1 resource configuration (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format1' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
+PUCCH-format1 ::= SEQUENCE {
+ initialCyclicShift INTEGER(0..11),
+ nrofSymbols INTEGER (4..14),
+ startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..10),
+ timeDomainOCC INTEGER(0..6)
+}
+
+-- A PUCCH Format 2 resource configuration (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format2onfig' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
+PUCCH-format2 ::= SEQUENCE {
+ nrofPRBs INTEGER (1..16),
+ nrofSymbols INTEGER (1..2),
+ startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..13)
+}
+
+-- A PUCCH Format 3 resource configuration(see 38.213, section 9.2)
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format3' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
+PUCCH-format3 ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The supported values are 1,2,3,4,5,6,8,9,10,12,15 and 16
+ nrofPRBs INTEGER (1..16),
+ nrofSymbols INTEGER (4..14),
+ startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..10)
+}
+
+-- A PUCCH Format 4 resource configuration (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-format4' (see 38.213, section 9.2.1)
+PUCCH-format4 ::= SEQUENCE {
+ nrofSymbols INTEGER (4..14),
+ occ-Length ENUMERATED {n2,n4},
+ occ-Index ENUMERATED {n0,n1,n2,n3},
+ startingSymbolIndex INTEGER(0..10)
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUCCH-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PUCCH-CONFIGCOMMON-START
+
+PUCCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- An entry into a 16-row table where each row configures a set of cell-specific PUCCH resources/parameters. The UE uses
+ -- those PUCCH resources during initial access on the initial uplink BWP. Once the network provides a dedicated PUCCH-Config
+ -- for that bandwidth part the UE applies that one instead of the one provided in this field.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-resource-common' (see 38.213, section 9.2)
+ pucch-ResourceCommon BIT STRING (SIZE (4)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Configuration of group- and sequence hopping for all the PUCCH formats 0, 1, 3 and 4. "neither" implies neither group
+ -- or sequence hopping is enabled. "enable" enables group hopping and disables sequence hopping. "disable"†disables group
+ -- hopping and enables sequence hopping. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUCCH-GroupHopping' (see 38.211, section 6.4.1.3)
+ pucch-GroupHopping ENUMERATED { neither, enable, disable },
+ -- Cell-Specific scrambling ID for group hoppping and sequence hopping if enabled.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'HoppingID' (see 38.211, section 6.3.2.2)
+ hoppingId BIT STRING (SIZE (10)) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Power control parameter P0 for PUCCH transmissions. Value in dBm. Only even values (step size 2) allowed.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-nominal-pucch' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ p0-nominal INTEGER (-202..24) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUCCH-CONFIGCOMMON-STOP
+-- TAG-PUCCH-POWERCONTROL-START
+PUCCH-PowerControl ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- deltaF for PUCCH format 0 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ deltaF-PUCCH-f0 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- deltaF for PUCCH format 1 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ deltaF-PUCCH-f1 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- deltaF for PUCCH format 2 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ deltaF-PUCCH-f2 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- deltaF for PUCCH format 3 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ deltaF-PUCCH-f3 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- deltaF for PUCCH format 4 with 1dB step size (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ deltaF-PUCCH-f4 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- A set with dedicated P0 values for PUCCH, i.e., {P01, P02,... }. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-pucch-set' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ p0-Set SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-P0-PerSet)) OF P0-PUCCH OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- A set of Reference Signals (e.g. a CSI-RS config or a SSblock) to be used for PUCCH pathloss estimation.
+ -- Up to maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReference-RSs may be configured
+ -- FFS_CHECK: Is it possible not to configure it at all? What does the UE use then? Any SSB?
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pucch-pathlossReference-rs-config' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ pathlossReferenceRSs SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReferenceRSs)) OF PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Number of PUCCH power control adjustment states maintained by the UE (i.e., g(i)). If the field is present (n2) the UE maintains
+ -- two power control states (i.e., g(i,0) and g(i,1)). Otherwise, it applies one (i.e., g(i,0)).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'num-pucch-pcadjustment-states' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+ twoPUCCH-PC-AdjustmentStates ENUMERATED {twoStates} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+-- P0 value for PUCCH. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-pucch' (see 3,213, section 7.2)
+P0-PUCCH ::= SEQUENCE {
+ p0-PUCCH-Id P0-PUCCH-Id,
+ -- P0 value for PUCCH with 1dB step size.
+ p0-PUCCH-Value INTEGER (-16..15)
+}
+
+P0-PUCCH-Id ::= INTEGER (1..8)
+
+-- A reference signal (RS) configured as pathloss reference signal for PUCCH power control
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pucch-pathlossReference-rs' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pucch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,
+ referenceSignal CHOICE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId
+ }
+}
+
+-- ID for a referemce signal (RS) configured as PUCCH pathloss reference
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pucch-pathlossreference-index' (see 38.213, section 7.2)
+-- FFS_CHECK: Is this ID used anywhere except inside the PUCCH-PathlossReference-RS itself? If not, remove.
+PUCCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1)
+
+-- TAG-PUCCH-POWERCONTROL-STOP
+-- TAG-PUCCH-TPC-COMMANDCONFIG-START
+
+PUCCH-TPC-CommandConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- An index determining the position of the first bit of TPC command (applicable to the SpCell) inside the DCI format 2-2 payload.
+ tpc-IndexPCell INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUCCH-SCell
+ -- An index determining the position of the first bit of TPC command (applicable to the PUCCH-SCell) inside the DCI format 2-2 payload.
+ tpc-IndexPUCCH-SCell INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond PUCCH-SCellOnly
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUCCH-TPC-COMMANDCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PUSCH-CONFIG-START
+
+PUSCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Identifer used to initalite data scrambling (c_init) for both PUSCH.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Data-scrambling-Identity' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
+ dataScramblingIdentityPUSCH INTEGER (0..1007) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Whether UE uses codebook based or non-codebook based transmission. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ulTxConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.1.1)
+ txConfig ENUMERATED {codebook, nonCodebook},
+
+ -- DMRS configuration for PUSCH transmissions using PUSCH mapping type A (chosen dynamically via PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation).
+ dmrs-UplinkForPUSCH-MappingTypeA SetupRelease { DMRS-UplinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- DMRS configuration for PUSCH transmissions using PUSCH mapping type B (chosen dynamically via PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation)
+ dmrs-UplinkForPUSCH-MappingTypeB SetupRelease { DMRS-UplinkConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ pusch-PowerControl PUSCH-PowerControl OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Configured one of two supported frequency hopping mode. If not configured frequency hopping is not configured
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Frequency-hopping-PUSCH' (see 38.214, section 6)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value Not configured
+ frequencyHopping ENUMERATED {mode1, mode2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Set of frequency hopping offsets used when frequency hopping is enabled for granted transmission (not msg3) and type 2
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Frequency-hopping-offsets-set' (see 38.214, section 6.3)
+ frequencyHoppingOffsetLists SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..4)) OF INTEGER (1.. maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Configuration of resource allocation type 0 and resource allocation type 1 for non-fallback DCI
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resouce-allocation-config' (see 38.214, section 6.1.2)
+ resourceAllocation ENUMERATED { resourceAllocationType0, resourceAllocationType1, dynamicSwitch},
+
+ -- List of time domain allocations for timing of UL assignment to UL data. If configured, the values provided herein
+ -- override the values received in corresponding PUSCH-ConfigCommon.
+ pusch-AllocationList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofUL-Allocations)) OF PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation OPTIONAL, -- Need R,
+ -- Number of repetitions for data. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'aggregation-factor-UL' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1.
+ pusch-AggregationFactor ENUMERATED { n2, n4, n8 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Indicates which MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH without transform precoder
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MCS-Table-PUSCH' (see 38.214, section 6.1.4)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 64QAM
+ mcs-Table ENUMERATED {qam256} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Indicates which MCS table the UE shall use for PUSCH with transform precoding
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MCS-Table-PUSCH-transform-precoding' (see 38.214, section 6.1.4)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 64QAM
+ mcs-TableTransformPrecoder ENUMERATED { qam256} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- The UE specific selection of transformer precoder for PUSCH. When the field is absent the UE applies the value msg3-tp.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PUSCH-tp' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.4)
+ transformPrecoder ENUMERATED {enabled, disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Subset of PMIs addressed by TPMI, where PMIs are those supported by UEs with maximum coherence capabilities
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ULCodebookSubset' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.5)
+ codebookSubset ENUMERATED {fullyAndPartialAndNonCoherent, partialAndNonCoherent, nonCoherent},
+ -- Subset of PMIs addressed by TRIs from 1 to ULmaxRank. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ULmaxRank' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.5)
+ maxRank INTEGER (1..4),
+
+ -- Selection between config 1 and config 2 for RBG size for PUSCH. When the field is absent the UE applies the value config1.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'RBG-size-PUSCH' (see 38.214, section 6.1.2.2.1)
+ rbg-Size ENUMERATED { config2} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Selection between and configuration of dynamic and semi-static beta-offset.
+ -- If the field is absent or released, the UE applies the value 'semiStatic' and the BetaOffsets according to
+ -- FFS [BetaOffsets and/or section 9.x.x).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UCI-on-PUSCH' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
+ uci-OnPUSCH SetupRelease { UCI-OnPUSCH} OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Interleaving unit configurable between 2 and 4 PRBs
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'VRB-to-PRB-interleaver' (see 38.211, section 6.3.1.6)
+ vrb-ToPRB-Interleaver ENUMERATED {n2, n4},
+ ...
+}
+
+UCI-OnPUSCH ::= SEQUENCE {
+ betaOffsets CHOICE {
+ dynamic SEQUENCE (SIZE (4)) OF BetaOffsets,
+ semiStatic BetaOffsets
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Indicates a scaling factor to limit the number of resource elements assigned to UCI on PUSCH.
+ -- Value f0p5 corresponds to 0.5, value f0p65 corresponds to 0.65, and so on.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'uci-on-pusch-scaling' (see 38.212, section 6.3)
+ scaling ENUMERATED { f0p5, f0p65, f0p8, f1 }
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUSCH-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PUSCH-CONFIGCOMMON-START
+
+PUSCH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Sequence-group hopping can be enabled or disabled by means of this cell-specific parameter.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Group-hopping-enabled-Transform-precoding' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ -- This field is Cell specific
+ groupHoppingEnabledTransformPrecoding ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- List of time domain allocations for timing of UL assignment to UL data
+ pusch-AllocationList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofUL-Allocations)) OF PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- ------------------------
+ -- Power control parameters
+
+ -- Power offset between msg3 and RACH preamble transmission in steps of 1dB.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Delta-preamble-msg3' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ msg3-DeltaPreamble INTEGER (-1..6) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- P0 value for PUSCH with grant (except msg3). Value in dBm. Only even values (step size 2) allowed.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-nominal-pusch-withgrant' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ -- This field is cell specific
+ p0-NominalWithGrant INTEGER (-202..24) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUSCH-CONFIGCOMMON-STOP
+-- TAG-PUSCH-POWERCONTROL-START
+
+PUSCH-PowerControl ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- If enabled, UE applies TPC commands via accumulation. If not enabled, UE applies the TPC command without accumulation.
+ -- If absent, TPC accumulation is enabled. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Accumulation-enabled' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ tpc-Accumulation ENUMERATED { disabled } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Dedicated alpha value for msg3 PUSCH. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'alpha-ue-pusch-msg3' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1.
+ msg3-Alpha Alpha OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- P0 value for UL grant-free/SPS based PUSCH. Value in dBm. Only even values (step size 2) allowed.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-nominal-pusch-withoutgrant' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ p0-NominalWithoutGrant INTEGER (-202..24) OPTIONAL, -- Need M,
+ -- configuration {p0-pusch,alpha} sets for PUSCH (except msg3), i.e., { {p0,alpha,index1}, {p0,alpha,index2},...}.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-push-alpha-setconfig' (see 38,213, section 7.1)
+ p0-AlphaSets SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofP0-PUSCH-AlphaSets)) OF P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet OPTIONAL, -- Need M,
+
+ -- A set of Reference Signals (e.g. a CSI-RS config or a SSblock) to be used for PUSCH path loss estimation.
+ -- Up to maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs may be configured when 'PUSCH beam indication' is present (FFS: in DCI???).
+ -- Otherwise, there may be only one entry.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pusch-pathlossReference-rs-config' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ pathlossReferenceRSToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs)) OF PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS
+ OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ pathlossReferenceRSToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs)) OF PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id
+ OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Number of PUSCH power control adjustment states maintained by the UE (i.e., fc(i)). If the field is present (n2) the UE maintains
+ -- two power control states (i.e., fc(i,1) and fc(i,2)). Otherwise, it applies one (i.e., fc(i,1)).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'num-pusch-pcadjustment-states' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates ENUMERATED {twoStates} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Indicates whether to apply dela MCS. When the field is absent, the UE applies Ks = 0 in delta_TFC formula for PUSCH.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'deltaMCS-Enabled' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ deltaMCS ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- A list of SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl elements among which one is selected by the SRI field in DCI.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRI-PUSCHPowerControl-mapping' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ sri-PUSCH-MappingToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings)) OF SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ sri-PUSCH-MappingToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings)) OF SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId OPTIONAL -- Need M
+}
+
+-- A set of p0-pusch and alpha used for PUSCH with grant. 'PUSCH beam indication' (if present) gives the index of the set to
+-- be used for a particular PUSCH transmission.
+-- FFS_CHECK: Is the â€PUSCH beam indication†in DCI which schedules the PUSCH? If so, clarify in field description
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-pusch-alpha-set' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet ::= SEQUENCE {
+ p0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId,
+ -- P0 value for PUSCH with grant (except msg3) in steps of 1dB. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-pusch' (see 38,213, section 7.1)
+ p0 INTEGER (-16..15) OPTIONAL,
+ -- alpha value for PUSCH with grant (except msg3) (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1
+ alpha Alpha OPTIONAL -- Need S
+}
+
+-- ID for a P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0alphasetindex' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofP0-PUSCH-AlphaSets-1)
+
+-- A reference signal (RS) configured as pathloss reference signal for PUSCH power control
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pusch-pathlossReference-rs' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pusch-PathlossReferenceRS-Id PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,
+ referenceSignal CHOICE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId
+ }
+}
+
+-- ID for a referemce signal (RS) configured as PUSCH pathloss reference
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'pathlossreference-index' (see 38.213, section 7.1)
+-- FFS_CHECK: Is this ID used anywhere except inside the PUSCH-PathlossReference-RS itself?
+PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1)
+
+
+-- A set of PUSCH power control parameters associated with one SRS-ResourceIndex (SRI)
+SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The ID of this SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl configuration. It is used as the codepoint (payload) in the SRI DCI field.
+ sri-PUSCH-PowerControlId SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId,
+ -- The ID of PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS as configured in the pathlossReferenceRSToAddModList in PUSCH-PowerControl.
+ sri-PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id PUSCH-PathlossReferenceRS-Id,
+ -- The ID of a P0-PUSCH-AlphaSet as configured in p0-AlphaSets in PUSCH-PowerControl.
+ sri-P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId P0-PUSCH-AlphaSetId,
+ -- The index of the closed power control loop associated with this SRI-PUSCH-PowerControl
+ sri-PUSCH-ClosedLoopIndex ENUMERATED { i0, i1 }
+}
+
+SRI-PUSCH-PowerControlId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings-1)
+
+-- A set of beta-offset values
+BetaOffsets ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Up to 2 bits HARQ-ACK. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-ACK-Index-1' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11
+ betaOffsetACK-Index1 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Up to 11 bits HARQ-ACK. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-ACK-Index-2' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11
+ betaOffsetACK-Index2 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Above 11 bits HARQ-ACK. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-ACK-Index-3' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 11
+ betaOffsetACK-Index3 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Up to 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-CSI-part-1-Index-1' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13
+ betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index1 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Above 11 bits of CSI part 1 bits. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-CSI-part-1-Index-2' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13
+ betaOffsetCSI-Part1-Index2 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Up to 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-CSI-part-2-Index-1' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13
+ betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index1 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Above 11 bits of CSI part 2 bits. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'betaOffset-CSI-part-2-Index-2' (see 38.213, section 9.3)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 13
+ betaOffsetCSI-Part2-Index2 INTEGER(0..31) OPTIONAL -- Need S
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUSCH-POWERCONTROL-STOP
+-- TAG-PUSCH-SERVINGCELLCONFIG-START
+
+PUSCH-ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Enables and configures code-block-group (CBG) based transmission (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ codeBlockGroupTransmission SetupRelease { PUSCH-CodeBlockGroupGransmission } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Enables LBRM (Limited buffer rate-matching). When the field is absent the UE applies FBRM (Full buffer rate-matchingLBRM).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'LBRM-FBRM-selection' (see 38.212, section 5.4.2)
+ rateMatching ENUMERATED {limitedBufferRM} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Accounts for overhead from CSI-RS, CORESET, etc. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value 'xoh0'.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Xoh-PUSCH' (see 38.214, section 5.1.3.2)
+ xOverhead ENUMERATED {xoh6, xoh12, xoh18} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ ...
+}
+
+PUSCH-CodeBlockGroupGransmission ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Maximum number of code-block-groups (CBGs) per TB (see 38.xxx, section x.x.x, FFS_Ref)
+ -- For 2 codewords, only the values { n2, n4 } are valid.
+ maxCodeBlockGroupsPerTransportBlock ENUMERATED {n2, n4, n6, n8},
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUSCH-SERVINGCELLCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-PUSCH-TIMEDOMAINRESOURCEALLOCATION-START
+
+PUSCH-TimeDomainResourceAllocation ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'K2' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 01 when PUSCH SCS is 15/30KHz; 2 when PUSCH SCS is 60KHz and 3 when PUSCH SCS is 120KHz.
+ k2 INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Mapping type. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Mapping-type' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ mappingType ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB},
+ -- An index into a table/equation in RAN1 specs capturing valid combinations of start symbol and length (jointly encoded)
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Index-start-len' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ startSymbolAndLength BIT STRING (SIZE (7))
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUSCH-TIMEDOMAINRESOURCEALLOCATION-STOP
+-- TAG-PUSCH-TPC-COMMANDCONFIG-START
+
+PUSCH-TPC-CommandConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- An index determining the position of the first bit of TPC command inside the DCI format 2-2 payload.
+ tpc-Index INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond SUL
+ -- An index determining the position of the first bit of TPC command inside the DCI format 2-2 payload.
+ tpc-IndexSUL INTEGER (1..15) OPTIONAL, -- Cond SUL-Only
+ -- The serving cell to which the acquired power control commands are applicable. If the value is absent, the UE applies the
+ -- TPC commands to the serving cell on which the command has been received.
+ targetCell ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-PUSCH-TPC-COMMANDCONFIG-STOP
+
+Q-OffsetRange ::= ENUMERATED {
+ dB-24, dB-22, dB-20, dB-18, dB-16, dB-14,
+ dB-12, dB-10, dB-8, dB-6, dB-5, dB-4, dB-3,
+ dB-2, dB-1, dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, dB5,
+ dB6, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB14, dB16, dB18,
+ dB20, dB22, dB24}
+
+-- TAG-QUANTITY-CONFIG-START
+
+
+QuantityConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ quantityConfigNR-List QuantityConfigNR-List OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+QuantityConfigNR-List::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofQuantityConfig)) OF QuantityConfigNR
+
+QuantityConfigNR::= SEQUENCE {
+ quantityConfigCell QuantityConfigRS,
+ quantityConfigRS-Index QuantityConfigRS OPTIONAL -- Need M
+}
+
+QuantityConfigRS ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- SS Block based L3 filter configurations:
+ ssb-FilterConfig FilterConfig,
+
+ -- CSI-RS basedL3 filter configurations:
+ cs-RS-FilterConfig FilterConfig
+}
+
+FilterConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ filterCoefficientRSRP FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
+ filterCoefficientRSRQ FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4,
+ filterCoefficientRS-SINR FilterCoefficient DEFAULT fc4
+}
+
+-- TAG-QUANTITY-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-COMMON-START
+
+RACH-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Generic RACH parameters
+ rach-ConfigGeneric RACH-ConfigGeneric,
+
+ -- Total number of preambles used for contention based and contention free random access, excluding
+ -- preambles used for other purposes (e.g. for SI request). If the field is absent, the UE may use all 64 preambles for RA.
+ totalNumberOfRA-Preambles INTEGER (1..63) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Number of SSBs per RACH occasion (L1 parameter 'SSB-per-rach-occasion') and the number of Contention Based preambles per SSB
+ -- (L1 parameter 'CB-preambles-per-SSB'). By multiplying the two values, the UE determines the total number of CB preambles.
+ ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB CHOICE {
+ oneEighth ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32,n36,n40,n44,n48,n52,n56,n60,n64},
+ oneFourth ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32,n36,n40,n44,n48,n52,n56,n60,n64},
+ oneHalf ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32,n36,n40,n44,n48,n52,n56,n60,n64},
+ one ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32,n36,n40,n44,n48,n52,n56,n60,n64},
+ two ENUMERATED {n4,n8,n12,n16,n20,n24,n28,n32},
+ four INTEGER (1..16),
+ eight INTEGER (1..8),
+ sixteen INTEGER (1..4)
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ groupBconfigured SEQUENCE {
+ -- Transport Blocks size threshold in bit below which the UE shall use a contention based RA premable
+ -- of group A. (see 38.321, section 5.1.2)
+ ra-Msg3SizeGroupA ENUMERATED {b56, b144, b208, b256, b282, b480, b640, b800, b1000, spare7, spare6, spare5,
+ spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
+ -- Threshold for preamble selection. Value in dB. Value minusinfinity corresponds to –infinity.
+ -- Value dB0 corresponds to 0 dB, dB5 corresponds to 5 dB and so on. (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+ messagePowerOffsetGroupB ENUMERATED { minusinfinity, dB0, dB5, dB8, dB10, dB12, dB15, dB18},
+ -- The number of CB preambles per SSB in group A. This determines implicitly the number of CB preambles per SSB available in group B.
+ -- (see 38.321, section 5.1.1)
+ numberOfRA-PreamblesGroupA INTEGER (1..64)
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- The initial value for the contention resolution timer (see 38.321, section 5.1.5)
+ ra-ContentionResolutionTimer ENUMERATED { sf8, sf16, sf24, sf32, sf40, sf48, sf56, sf64},
+
+ -- UE may select the SS block and corresponding PRACH resource for path-loss estimation and (re)transmission
+ -- based on SS blocks that satisfy the threshold (see 38.213, section REF)
+ rsrp-ThresholdSSB RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- UE may select the SS block and corresponding PRACH resource for path-loss estimation and (re)transmission on the SUL carrier
+ -- based on SS blocks that satisfy the threshold
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SUL-RSRP-Threshold' (see FFS_Spec, section FFS_Section)
+ rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL RSRP-Range OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- PRACH root sequence index. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PRACHRootSequenceIndex' (see 38.211, section 6.3.3.1).
+ -- The value range depends on whether L=839 or L=139
+ prach-RootSequenceIndex CHOICE {
+ l839 INTEGER (0..837),
+ l139 INTEGER (0..137)
+ },
+
+ -- Subcarrier spacing of PRACH. Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'prach-Msg1SubcarrierSpacing' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ msg1-SubcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
+
+ -- Configuration of an unrestricted set or one of two types of restricted sets, see 38.211 6.3.3.1
+ restrictedSetConfig ENUMERATED {unrestrictedSet, restrictedSetTypeA, restrictedSetTypeB},
+ -- Indicates to a UE whether transform precoding is enabled for Msg3 transmission.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'msg3-tp' (see 38.213, section 8.1)
+ msg3-transformPrecoding ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-COMMON-STOP
+-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-GENERIC-START
+
+RACH-ConfigGeneric ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- PRACH configuration index. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'PRACHConfigurationIndex' (see 38.211, section 6.3.3.2)
+ prach-ConfigurationIndex INTEGER (0..255),
+ -- The number of PRACH transmission occasions FDMed in one time instance.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'prach-FDM' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ msg1-FDM ENUMERATED {one, two, four, eight},
+ -- Offset of lowest PRACH transmission occasion in frequency domain with respective to PRB 0.
+ -- The value is configured so that the corresponding RACH resource is entirely within the bandwidth of the UL BWP.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'prach-frequency-start' (see 38,211, section FFS_Section)
+ msg1-FrequencyStart INTEGER (0..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1),
+ -- N-CS configuration, see Table 6.3.3.1-3 in 38.211
+ zeroCorrelationZoneConfig INTEGER(0..15),
+ -- The target power level at the network receiver side (see 38.213, section 7.4, 38.321, section 5.1.2, 5.1.3)
+ -- Only multiples of 2 dBm may be chosen (e.g. -200, -198, ...).
+ -- FFS-Value: Actual values to be updated based on input from RAN4 (see LS in R2-1800004 and R4-1803466).
+ preambleReceivedTargetPower INTEGER (-200..-74),
+ -- Max number of RA preamble transmission perfomed before declaring a failure (see 38.321, section 5.1.4, 5.1.5)
+ preambleTransMax ENUMERATED {n3, n4, n5, n6, n7, n8, n10, n20, n50, n100, n200},
+ -- Power ramping steps for PRACH (see 38.321,5.1.3)
+ powerRampingStep ENUMERATED {dB0, dB2, dB4, dB6},
+ -- Msg2 (RAR) window length in number of slots. The network configures a value lower than or euqal to 10 ms (see 38.321, section 5.1.4)
+ ra-ResponseWindow ENUMERATED {sl1, sl2, sl4, sl8, sl10, sl20, sl40, sl80}
+}
+
+-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-GENERIC-STOP
+-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-DEDICATED-START
+
+-- FFS_Standlone: resources for msg1-based on-demand SI request
+
+RACH-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Resources for contention free random access to a given target cell
+ cfra-Resources CFRA-Resources,
+ ...
+}
+
+CFRA-Resources ::= CHOICE {
+ ssb SEQUENCE {
+ ssb-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-SSB-Resources)) OF CFRA-SSB-Resource,
+ -- Explicitly signalled PRACH Mask Index for RA Resource selection in TS 36.321. The mask is valid for all SSB
+ -- resources signalled in ssb-ResourceList
+ ra-ssb-OccasionMaskIndex INTEGER (0..15)
+ },
+ csirs SEQUENCE {
+ csirs-ResourceList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-CSIRS-Resources)) OF CFRA-CSIRS-Resource,
+ cfra-csirs-DedicatedRACH-Threshold RSRP-Range
+ }
+}
+
+CFRA-SSB-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The ID of an SSB transmitted by this serving cell.
+ ssb SSB-Index,
+ -- The preamble index that the UE shall use when performing CF-RA upon selecting the candidate beams identified by this SSB.
+ ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63),
+ ...
+}
+
+CFRA-CSIRS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The ID of a CSI-RS resource defined in the measurement object associated with this serving cell.
+ csi-RS CSI-RS-Index,
+ -- RA occasions that the UE shall use when performing CF-RA upon selecting the candidate beam identified by this CSI-RS.
+ ra-OccasionList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxRA-OccasionsPerCSIRS)) OF INTEGER (0..maxRA-Occasions-1),
+ -- The RA preamble index to use in the RA occasions assoicated with this CSI-RS.
+ ra-PreambleIndex INTEGER (0..63),
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-RACH-CONFIG-DEDICATED-STOP
+-- TAG-RADIO-BEARER-CONFIG-START
+
+RadioBearerConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ srb-ToAddModList SRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ srb3-ToRelease ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ drb-ToAddModList DRB-ToAddModList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ drb-ToReleaseList DRB-ToReleaseList OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ securityConfig SecurityConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond M
+ ...
+}
+
+SRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..2)) OF SRB-ToAddMod
+SRB-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ srb-Identity SRB-Identity,
+ -- may only be set if the cell groups of all linked logical channels are reset or released
+ reestablishPDCP ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ discardOnPDCP ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ pdcp-Config PDCP-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond PDCP
+ ...
+}
+
+
+DRB-ToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-ToAddMod
+DRB-ToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ cnAssociation CHOICE {
+ -- The EPS bearer ID determines the EPS bearer when NR connects to EPC using EN-DC
+ eps-BearerIdentity INTEGER (0..15), -- EPS-DRB-Setup
+ -- The SDAP configuration determines how to map QoS flows to DRBs when NR connects to the 5GC
+ sdap-Config SDAP-Config -- 5GC
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond DRBSetup
+ drb-Identity DRB-Identity,
+
+ -- may only be set if the cell groups of all linked logical channels are reset or released
+ reestablishPDCP ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ recoverPDCP ENUMERATED{true} OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ pdcp-Config PDCP-Config OPTIONAL, -- Cond PDCP
+ ...
+}
+
+DRB-ToReleaseList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxDRB)) OF DRB-Identity
+
+
+SecurityConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ securityAlgorithmConfig SecurityAlgorithmConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond RBTermChange
+ keyToUse ENUMERATED{keNB, s-KgNB} OPTIONAL, -- Cond RBTermChange
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-RADIO-BEARER-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-RADIOLINKMONITORINGCONFIG-START
+
+RadioLinkMonitoringConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- A list of reference signals for detecting beam failure and/or cell level radio link failure (RLF).
+ -- The network configures at most two detectionResources per BWP for the purpose "beamFailure" or "both".
+ -- If no RSs are provided for the purpose of beam failure detection, the UE performs beam monitoring based on the activated TCI-State
+ -- for PDCCH. However, if the activated TCI state refers to an aperiodic or semi-persistent CSI-RS, the gNB configures the failure
+ -- detection resources explicitly (FFS_RAN1: TBC by RAN1).
+ -- If no RSs are provided in this list at all (neither for Cell- nor for Beam-RLM), the UE performs also Cell-RLM based
+ -- on the activated TCI-State of PDCCH (FFS_RAN1: TBC by RAN1).
+ -- When the network reconfigures this field, the UE resets on-going RLF timers and counters.
+ failureDetectionResources SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofFailureDetectionResources)) OF RadioLinkMonitoringRS OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- This field determines after how many beam failure events the UE triggers beam failure recovery (see 38.321, section 5.17).
+ -- Value n1 corresponds to 1 beam failure instance, n2 corresponds to 2 beam failure instances and so on.
+ -- When the network reconfigures this field, the UE resets on-going RLF timers and counters.
+ -- If the field is absent, the UE does not trigger beam failure recovery.
+ beamFailureInstanceMaxCount ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Timer for beam failure detection (see 38.321, section FFS_Section). See also the BeamFailureRecoveryConfig IE.
+ -- Value in number of "periods of Beam Failure Detection" Reference Signal. Value pbfd1 corresponds to 1 period of Beam Failure
+ -- Detection Reference Signal, value pbfd2 corresponds to 2 periods of Beam Failure Detection Reference Signal and so on.
+ -- When the network reconfigures this field, the UE resets on-going RLF timers and counters.
+ beamFailureDetectionTimer ENUMERATED {pbfd1, pbfd2, pbfd3, pbfd4, pbfd5, pbfd6, pbfd8, pbfd10} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+RadioLinkMonitoringRS ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Determines whether the UE shall monitor the associated reference signal for the purpose of cell- and/or beam failure detection.
+ purpose ENUMERATED {beamFailure, rlf, both},
+ -- A reference signal that the UE shall use for radio link monitoring. The network provides an ssb-Index only if
+ -- the purpose is set to rlf.
+ detectionResource CHOICE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId
+ },
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-RADIOLINKMONITORINGCONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERN-START
+RateMatchPattern ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rateMatchPatternId RateMatchPatternId,
+
+ patternType CHOICE {
+ bitmaps SEQUENCE {
+ -- A resource block level bitmap in the frequency domain. It indicates the PRBs to which the symbolsInResourceBlock bitmap applies.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-PDSCH-bitmap1' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- FFS_ASN1: Consider multiple options with different number of bits (for narrower carriers)
+ resourceBlocks BIT STRING (SIZE (275)),
+
+ -- A symbol level bitmap in time domain. It indicates (FFS: with a bit set to true) the symbols which the UE shall rate match around.
+ -- This pattern recurs (in time domain) with the configured periodicityAndOffset.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-PDSCH-bitmap2' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ -- FFS: Why not split it into two BIT STRINGs of 14 bit each?
+ symbolsInResourceBlock CHOICE {
+ oneSlot BIT STRING (SIZE (14)),
+ twoSlots BIT STRING (SIZE (28))
+ },
+
+ -- A time domain repetition pattern. at which the symbolsInResourceBlock
+ -- pattern recurs. This slot pattern repeats itself continuously. Absence of this field indicates the value n1, i.e., the
+ -- symbolsInResourceBlock recurs every 14 symbols.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-PDSCH-bitmap3' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ periodicityAndPattern CHOICE {
+ n2 BIT STRING (SIZE (2)),
+ n4 BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
+ n5 BIT STRING (SIZE (5)),
+ n8 BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
+ n10 BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
+ n20 BIT STRING (SIZE (20)),
+ n40 BIT STRING (SIZE (40))
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ ...
+ },
+ -- This ControlResourceSet us used as a PDSCH rate matching pattern, i.e., PDSCH reception rate matches around it.
+ controlResourceSet ControlResourceSetId
+ },
+ -- The SubcarrierSpacing for this resource pattern. If the field is absent, the UE applies the SCS of the associcated BWP.
+ -- The value kHz15 corresponds to µ=0, kHz30 to µ=1, and so on. Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are
+ -- applicable. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'resource-pattern-scs' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Cond CellLevel
+ -- FFS_Description, FFS_Section
+ mode ENUMERATED { dynamic, semiStatic },
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERN-STOP
+-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERNID-START
+
+RateMatchPatternId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns-1)
+
+-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERNID-STOP
+-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERNLTE-CRS-START
+
+RateMatchPatternLTE-CRS ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Center of the LTE carrier. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'center-subcarrier-location' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
+ carrierFreqDL INTEGER (0..16383),
+ -- BW of the LTE carrier in numbewr of PRBs. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'BW' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
+ carrierBandwidthDL ENUMERATED {n6, n15, n25, n50, n75, n100, spare2, spare1},
+ -- LTE MBSFN subframe configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'MBSFN-subframconfig' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
+ -- FFS_ASN1: Import the LTE MBSFN-SubframeConfigList
+ mbsfn-SubframeConfigList EUTRA-MBSFN-SubframeConfigList OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Number of LTE CRS antenna port to rate-match around.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-resources-numb-LTE-CRS-antenna-port' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
+ nrofCRS-Ports ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4},
+ -- Shifting value v-shift in LTE to rate match around LTE CRS
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'rate-match-resources-LTE-CRS-v-shift' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4)
+ v-Shift ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5}
+}
+
+-- TAG-RATEMATCHPATTERNLTE-CRS-STOP
+-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-ID-START
+
+ReportConfigId ::= INTEGER (1..maxReportConfigId)
+
+-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-ID-STOP
+-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-START
+
+ReportConfigNR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ reportType CHOICE {
+ periodical PeriodicalReportConfig,
+ eventTriggered EventTriggerConfig,
+-- reportCGI is to be completed before the end of Rel-15.
+ reportCGI ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue},
+ ...
+ }
+}
+
+-- FFS / TODO: Consider separating trgger configuration (trigger, periodic, ...) from report configuration.
+-- Current structure allows easier definiton of new events and new report types e.g. CGI, etc.
+EventTriggerConfig::= SEQUENCE {
+ eventId CHOICE {
+ eventA1 SEQUENCE {
+ a1-Threshold MeasTriggerQuantity,
+ reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
+ hysteresis Hysteresis,
+ timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger
+ },
+ eventA2 SEQUENCE {
+ a2-Threshold MeasTriggerQuantity,
+ reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
+ hysteresis Hysteresis,
+ timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger
+ },
+ eventA3 SEQUENCE {
+ a3-Offset MeasTriggerQuantityOffset,
+ reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
+ hysteresis Hysteresis,
+ timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger,
+ useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN
+ },
+ eventA4 SEQUENCE {
+ a4-Threshold MeasTriggerQuantity,
+ reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
+ hysteresis Hysteresis,
+ timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger,
+ useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN
+ },
+ eventA5 SEQUENCE {
+ a5-Threshold1 MeasTriggerQuantity,
+ a5-Threshold2 MeasTriggerQuantity,
+ reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
+ hysteresis Hysteresis,
+ timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger,
+ useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN
+ },
+ eventA6 SEQUENCE {
+ a6-Offset MeasTriggerQuantityOffset,
+ reportOnLeave BOOLEAN,
+ hysteresis Hysteresis,
+ timeToTrigger TimeToTrigger,
+ useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN
+ },
+ ...
+ },
+
+ rsType NR-RS-Type,
+
+ -- Common reporting config (at least to periodical and eventTriggered)
+ reportInterval ReportInterval,
+ reportAmount ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
+
+ -- Cell reporting configuration
+ reportQuantityCell MeasReportQuantity,
+ maxReportCells INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
+
+ -- RS index reporting configuration
+ reportQuantityRsIndexes MeasReportQuantity OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ maxNrofRSIndexesToReport INTEGER (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport) OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ includeBeamMeasurements BOOLEAN,
+ -- If configured the UE includes the best neighbour cells per serving frequency
+ reportAddNeighMeas ENUMERATED {setup} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+
+}
+
+PeriodicalReportConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rsType NR-RS-Type,
+
+ -- Common reporting config (at least to periodical and eventTriggered)
+ reportInterval ReportInterval,
+ reportAmount ENUMERATED {r1, r2, r4, r8, r16, r32, r64, infinity},
+
+ -- Cell reporting configuration
+ reportQuantityCell MeasReportQuantity,
+ maxReportCells INTEGER (1..maxCellReport),
+
+ -- RS index reporting configuration
+ reportQuantityRsIndexes MeasReportQuantity OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ maxNrofRsIndexesToReport INTEGER (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ includeBeamMeasurements BOOLEAN,
+ useWhiteCellList BOOLEAN,
+ ...
+
+}
+
+NR-RS-Type ::= ENUMERATED {ssb, csi-rs}
+
+MeasTriggerQuantity ::= CHOICE {
+ rsrp RSRP-Range,
+ rsrq RSRQ-Range,
+ sinr SINR-Range
+}
+
+MeasTriggerQuantityOffset ::= CHOICE {
+ rsrp INTEGER (-30..30),
+ rsrq INTEGER (-30..30),
+ sinr INTEGER (-30..30)
+}
+
+
+MeasReportQuantity ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rsrp BOOLEAN,
+ rsrq BOOLEAN,
+ sinr BOOLEAN
+}
+
+
+-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-START
+-- TAG-REPORT-CONFIG-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-START
+
+ReportConfigToAddModList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxReportConfigId)) OF ReportConfigToAddMod
+
+ReportConfigToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ reportConfigId ReportConfigId,
+ reportConfig CHOICE {
+ reportConfigNR ReportConfigNR,
+ ...
+ }
+}
+
+-- TAG- REPORT-CONFIG-TO-ADD-MOD-LIST-STOP
+
+ReportInterval ::= ENUMERATED {ms120, ms240, ms480, ms640, ms1024, ms2048, ms5120, ms10240, ms20480, ms40960, min1,
+ min6, min12, min30 }
+
+-- TAG-RLC-CONFIG-START
+
+RLC-Config ::= CHOICE {
+ am SEQUENCE {
+ ul-AM-RLC UL-AM-RLC,
+ dl-AM-RLC DL-AM-RLC
+ },
+ um-Bi-Directional SEQUENCE {
+ ul-UM-RLC UL-UM-RLC,
+ dl-UM-RLC DL-UM-RLC
+ },
+ um-Uni-Directional-UL SEQUENCE {
+ ul-UM-RLC UL-UM-RLC
+ },
+ um-Uni-Directional-DL SEQUENCE {
+ dl-UM-RLC DL-UM-RLC
+ },
+ ...
+}
+
+UL-AM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
+ sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLengthAM,
+ t-PollRetransmit T-PollRetransmit,
+ pollPDU PollPDU,
+ pollByte PollByte,
+ maxRetxThreshold ENUMERATED { t1, t2, t3, t4, t6, t8, t16, t32 }
+}
+
+DL-AM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
+ sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLengthAM,
+ t-Reassembly T-Reassembly,
+ t-StatusProhibit T-StatusProhibit
+}
+
+UL-UM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
+ sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLengthUM
+}
+
+DL-UM-RLC ::= SEQUENCE {
+ sn-FieldLength SN-FieldLengthUM,
+ t-Reassembly T-Reassembly
+}
+
+T-PollRetransmit ::= ENUMERATED {
+ ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
+ ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
+ ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
+ ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
+ ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
+ ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
+ ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
+ ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
+ ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800, ms1000,
+ ms2000, ms4000, spare5, spare4, spare3,
+ spare2, spare1}
+
+
+PollPDU ::= ENUMERATED {
+ p4, p8, p16, p32, p64, p128, p256, p512, p1024, p2048, p4096, p6144, p8192, p12288, p16384, p20480,
+ p24576, p28672, p32768, p40960, p49152, p57344, p65536, infinity, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4,
+ spare3, spare2, spare1}
+
+PollByte ::= ENUMERATED {
+ kB1, kB2, kB5, kB8, kB10, kB15, kB25, kB50, kB75,
+ kB100, kB125, kB250, kB375, kB500, kB750, kB1000,
+ kB1250, kB1500, kB2000, kB3000, kB4000, kB4500,
+ kB5000, kB5500, kB6000, kB6500, kB7000, kB7500,
+ mB8, mB9, mB10, mB11, mB12, mB13, mB14, mB15,
+ mB16, mB17, mB18, mB20, mB25, mB30, mB40, infinity,
+ spare20, spare19, spare18, spare17, spare16,
+ spare15, spare14, spare13, spare12, spare11,
+ spare10, spare9, spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5,
+ spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1}
+
+T-Reassembly ::= ENUMERATED {
+ ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
+ ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
+ ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms110,
+ ms120, ms130, ms140, ms150, ms160, ms170,
+ ms180, ms190, ms200, spare1}
+
+T-StatusProhibit ::= ENUMERATED {
+ ms0, ms5, ms10, ms15, ms20, ms25, ms30, ms35,
+ ms40, ms45, ms50, ms55, ms60, ms65, ms70,
+ ms75, ms80, ms85, ms90, ms95, ms100, ms105,
+ ms110, ms115, ms120, ms125, ms130, ms135,
+ ms140, ms145, ms150, ms155, ms160, ms165,
+ ms170, ms175, ms180, ms185, ms190, ms195,
+ ms200, ms205, ms210, ms215, ms220, ms225,
+ ms230, ms235, ms240, ms245, ms250, ms300,
+ ms350, ms400, ms450, ms500, ms800, ms1000,
+ ms1200, ms1600, ms2000, ms2400, spare2, spare1}
+
+SN-FieldLengthUM ::= ENUMERATED {size6, size12}
+SN-FieldLengthAM ::= ENUMERATED {size12, size18}
+
+-- TAG-RLC-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-RLF-TIMERS-AND-CONSTANTS-START
+
+RLF-TimersAndConstants ::= SEQUENCE {
+ t310 ENUMERATED {ms0, ms50, ms100, ms200, ms500, ms1000, ms2000, ms4000, ms6000},
+ n310 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n6, n8, n10, n20},
+ n311 ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8, n10},
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-RLF-TIMERS-AND-CONSTANTS-STOP
+-- TAG-RNTI-VALUE-START
+
+RNTI-Value ::= INTEGER (0..65535)
+
+-- TAG-RNTI-VALUE-STOP
+-- TAG-RSRP-RANGE-START
+
+RSRP-Range ::= INTEGER(0..124)
+
+-- TAG-RSRP-RANGE-STOP
+-- TAG-RSRQ-RANGE-START
+
+RSRQ-Range ::= INTEGER(0..127)
+
+-- TAG-RSRQ-RANGE-STOP
+-- TAG-SCELL-INDEX-START
+
+-- The value range is shared across the Cell Groups
+SCellIndex ::= INTEGER (1..31)
+
+-- TAG-SCELL-INDEX-STOP
+-- TAG-SCHEDULING-REQUEST-CONFIG-START
+
+SchedulingRequestConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ schedulingRequestToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSR-ConfigPerCellGroup)) OF SchedulingRequestToAddMod OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ schedulingRequestToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSR-ConfigPerCellGroup)) OF SchedulingRequestId OPTIONAL -- Need N
+}
+
+SchedulingRequestToAddMod ::= SEQUENCE {
+ sr-ConfigIndex SchedulingRequestId,
+
+ sr-ProhibitTimer ENUMERATED {ms1, ms2, ms4, ms8, ms16, ms32, ms64, ms128} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ sr-TransMax ENUMERATED { n4, n8, n16, n32, n64, spare3, spare2, spare1}
+}
+
+SchedulingRequestId ::= INTEGER (0..7)
+
+-- FFS_TODO: provide resources for each SchedulingRequestID in ServingCellConfig (TBD whether directly, in PUCCH-Config, in each BWP)
+
+-- TAG-SCHEDULING-REQUEST-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-SCHEDULING-REQUEST-RESOURCE-CONFIG-START
+
+SchedulingRequestResourceConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ schedulingRequestResourceId SchedulingRequestResourceId,
+ -- The ID of the SchedulingRequestConfig that uses this scheduling request resource.
+ schedulingRequestID SchedulingRequestId,
+ -- SR periodicity and offset in number of slots. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SR-periodicity' and 'SR-offset' (see 38.213, section 9.2.2)
+ -- The following periodicities may be configured depending on the chosen subcarrier spacing:
+ -- SCS = 15 kHz: 2sym, 7sym, 1sl, 2sl, 4sl, 5sl, 8sl, 10sl, 16sl, 20sl, 40sl, 80sl
+ -- SCS = 30 kHz: 2sym, 7sym, 1sl, 2sl, 4sl, 8sl, 10sl, 16sl, 20sl, 40sl, 80sl, 160sl
+ -- SCS = 60 kHz: 2sym, 7sym/6sym, 1sl, 2sl, 4sl, 8sl, 16sl, 20sl, 40sl, 80sl, 160sl, 320sl
+ -- SCS = 120 kHz: 2sym, 7sym, 1sl, 2sl, 4sl, 8sl, 16sl, 40sl, 80sl, 160sl, 320sl, sl640
+ -- sym6or7 corresponds to 6 symbols if extended cyclic prefix and a SCS of 60 kHz are configured, otherwise it corresponds to 7 symbols.
+ -- For periodicities sym2, sym7 and sl1 the UE assumes an offset of 0 slots.
+ periodicityAndOffset CHOICE {
+ sym2 NULL,
+ sym6or7 NULL,
+ sl1 NULL, -- Recurs in every slot
+ sl2 INTEGER (0..1),
+ sl4 INTEGER (0..3),
+ sl5 INTEGER (0..4),
+ sl8 INTEGER (0..7),
+ sl10 INTEGER (0..9),
+ sl16 INTEGER (0..15),
+ sl20 INTEGER (0..19),
+ sl40 INTEGER (0..39),
+ sl80 INTEGER (0..79),
+ sl160 INTEGER (0..159),
+ sl320 INTEGER (0..319),
+ sl640 INTEGER (0..639)
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- ID of the PUCCH resource in which the UE shall send the scheduling request. The
+ -- actual PUCCH-Resource is configured in PUCCH-Config of the same UL BWP and serving cell as this SchedulingRequestResourceConfig.
+ -- The network configures a PUCCH-Resource of PUCCH-format0 or PUCCH-format1
+ -- (other formats not supported). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SR-resource' (see 38.213, section 9.2.2)
+ resource PUCCH-ResourceId OPTIONAL -- Need M
+}
+
+-- TAG-SCHEDULING-REQUEST-RESOURCE-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-SCHEDULINGREQUESTRESOURCEID-START
+
+SchedulingRequestResourceId ::= INTEGER (1..maxNrofSR-Resources)
+
+-- TAG-SCHEDULINGREQUESTRESOURCEID-STOP
+-- TAG-SCRAMBLING-ID-START
+
+ScramblingId ::= INTEGER (0..1023)
+
+-- TAG-SCRAMBLING-ID-STOP
+-- TAG-SCS-SPECIFIC-CARRIER-START
+
+SCS-SpecificCarrier ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Offset in frequency domain between Point A (lowest subcarrier of common RB 0) and the lowest usable subcarrier on this carrier
+ -- in number of PRBs (using the subcarrierSpacing defined for this carrier). The maximum value corresponds to 275*8-1.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'offset-pointA-low-scs' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ offsetToCarrier INTEGER (0..2199),
+ -- Subcarrier spacing of this carrier. It is used to convert the offsetToCarrier into an actual frequency.
+ -- Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ref-scs' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter k0 (see 38.211, section 5.3.1). n-6 corresponds to value -6, n0 corresponds to value 0 and n6 corresponds
+ -- to value +6.
+ k0 ENUMERATED {n-6, n0, n6},
+ -- Width of this carrier in number of PRBs (using the subcarrierSpacing defined for this carrier)
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'BW' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ carrierBandwidth INTEGER (1..maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks),
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-SCS-SPECIFIC-CARRIER-STOP
+-- TAG-SDAP-CONFIG-START
+
+SDAP-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pdu-Session PDU-SessionID,
+
+ -- FFS: separate configuration for UL and DL
+ sdap-HeaderDL ENUMERATED {present, absent},
+ sdap-HeaderUL ENUMERATED {present, absent},
+ defaultDRB BOOLEAN,
+
+ -- A list of QoS-Flow-IDs that the UE shall map to the DRB of this SDAP-Config.
+ mappedQoS-FlowsToAdd SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofQFIs)) OF QFI OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ -- A list of QoS-Flow-IDs that the UE shall no longer map to the DRB of this SDAP-Config.
+ mappedQoS-FlowsToRelease SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofQFIs)) OF QFI OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ ...
+}
+
+QFI ::= INTEGER (0..maxQFI)
+
+PDU-SessionID ::= INTEGER (0..255)
+
+-- TAG-SDAP-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-SEARCHSPACE-START
+
+SearchSpace ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Identity of the search space. SearchSpaceId = 0 identifies the SearchSpace configured via PBCH (MIB) or ServingCellConfigCommon.
+ -- The searchSpaceId is unique among the BWPs of a Serving Cell.
+ searchSpaceId SearchSpaceId,
+
+ -- The CORESET applicable for this SearchSpace.
+ -- Value 0 identifies the common CORESET configured in MIB and in ServingCellConfigCommon
+ -- Values 1..maxNrofControlResourceSets-1 identify CORESETs configured by dedicated signalling
+ controlResourceSetId ControlResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Cond SetupOnly
+
+ -- Slots for PDCCH Monitoring configured as periodicity and offset. Corresponds to L1 parameters 'Montoring-periodicity-PDCCH-slot' and
+ -- 'Montoring-offset-PDCCH-slot' (see 38.213, section 10)
+ monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset CHOICE {
+ sl1 NULL,
+ sl2 INTEGER (0..1),
+ sl4 INTEGER (0..3),
+ sl5 INTEGER (0..4),
+ sl8 INTEGER (0..7),
+ sl10 INTEGER (0..9),
+ sl16 INTEGER (0..15),
+ sl20 INTEGER (0..19)
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+
+ -- Symbols for PDCCH monitoring in the slots configured for PDCCH monitoring (see monitoringSlotPeriodicityAndOffset).
+ -- The most significant (left) bit represents the first OFDM in a slot. The least significant (right) bit represents the last symbol.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Montoring-symbols-PDCCH-within-slot' (see 38.213, section 10)
+ monitoringSymbolsWithinSlot BIT STRING (SIZE (14)) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+
+ -- Number of PDCCH candidates per aggregation level. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Aggregation-level-1' to 'Aggregation-level-8'.
+ -- The number of candidates and aggregation levels configured here applies to all formats unless a particular value is specified or
+ -- a format-specific value is provided (see inside searchSpaceType).
+ -- (see 38.213, section 10)
+ nrofCandidates SEQUENCE {
+ aggregationLevel1 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8},
+ aggregationLevel2 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8},
+ aggregationLevel4 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8},
+ aggregationLevel8 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8},
+ aggregationLevel16 ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n3, n4, n5, n6, n8}
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+
+ -- Indicates whether this is a common search space (present) or a UE specific search space as well as DCI formats to monitor for.
+ searchSpaceType CHOICE {
+ -- Configures this search space as common search space (CSS) and DCI formats to monitor.
+ common SEQUENCE {
+ -- If configured, the UE monitors the DCI formats 0_0 and 1_0 with CRC scrambled by C-RNTI, CS-RNTI (if configured),
+ -- SP-CSI-RNTI (if configured), RA-RNTI, TC-RNTI, P-RNTI, SI-RNTI
+ dci-Format0-0-AndFormat1-0 SEQUENCE {
+ ...
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- If configured, UE monitors the DCI format format 2_0 with CRC scrambled by SFI-RNTI
+ dci-Format2-0 SEQUENCE {
+ -- The number of PDCCH candidates specifically for format 2-0 for the configured aggregation level.
+ -- If an aggregation level is absent, the UE does not search for any candidates with that aggregation level.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameters 'SFI-Num-PDCCH-cand' and 'SFI-Aggregation-Level' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1).
+ nrofCandidates-SFI SEQUENCE {
+ aggregationLevel1 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ aggregationLevel2 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ aggregationLevel4 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ aggregationLevel8 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ aggregationLevel16 ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL -- Need R
+ },
+ ...
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- If configured, UE monitors the DCI format format 2_1 with CRC scrambled by INT-RNTI
+ dci-Format2-1 SEQUENCE {
+ ...
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- If configured, UE monitors the DCI format 2_2 with CRC scrambled by TPC-PUSCH-RNTI or TPC-PUCCH-RNTI
+ dci-Format2-2 SEQUENCE {
+ ...
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- If configured, UE monitors the DCI format 2_3 with CRC scrambled by TPC-SRS-RNTI
+ dci-Format2-3 SEQUENCE {
+ -- Monitoring periodicity of SRS PDCCH in number of slots for DCI format 2-3.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-monitoring-periodicity' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ monitoringPeriodicity ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n5, n8, n10, n16, n20 } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+
+ -- The number of PDCCH candidates for DCI format 2-3 for the configured aggregation level.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-Num-PDCCH-cand' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ nrofPDCCH-Candidates ENUMERATED {n1, n2},
+ ...
+ } OPTIONAL -- Need R
+ },
+ -- Configures this search space as UE specific search space (USS). The UE monitors the DCI format with CRC scrambled
+ -- by C-RNTI, CS-RNTI (if configured), TC-RNTI (if a certain condition is met), and SP-CSI-RNTI (if configured)
+ ue-Specific SEQUENCE {
+ -- Indicates whether the UE monitors in this USS for DCI formats 0-0 and 1-0 or for formats 0-1 and 1-1.
+ dci-Formats ENUMERATED {formats0-0-And-1-0, formats0-1-And-1-1},
+ ...
+ }
+ } OPTIONAL -- Cond Setup
+}
+-- TAG-SEARCHSPACE-STOP
+-- TAG-SEARCHSPACEID-START
+
+SearchSpaceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSearchSpaces-1)
+
+-- TAG-SEARCHSPACEID-STOP
+-- TAG-SECURITY-ALGORITHM-CONFIG-START
+
+SecurityAlgorithmConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ cipheringAlgorithm CipheringAlgorithm,
+ integrityProtAlgorithm IntegrityProtAlgorithm OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+IntegrityProtAlgorithm ::= ENUMERATED {
+ nia0, nia1, nia2, nia3, spare4, spare3,
+ spare2, spare1, ...}
+
+CipheringAlgorithm ::= ENUMERATED {
+ nea0, nea1, nea2, nea3, spare4, spare3,
+ spare2, spare1, ...}
+
+-- TAG-SECURITY-ALGORITHM-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-SERV-CELL-INDEX-START
+
+ServCellIndex ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofServingCells-1)
+
+-- TAG-SERV-CELL-INDEX-STOP
+-- TAG-SERVING-CELL-CONFIG-START
+
+ServingCellConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- L1 parameters:
+
+ tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationDedicated TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
+
+ -- The dedicated (UE-specific) configuration for the initial downlink bandwidth-part.
+ initialDownlinkBWP BWP-DownlinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd
+
+ -- List of additional downlink bandwidth parts to be released. (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12).
+ downlinkBWP-ToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ -- List of additional downlink bandwidth parts to be added or modified. (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12).
+ downlinkBWP-ToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF BWP-Downlink OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- If configured for an SpCell, this field contains the ID of the DL BWP to be activated upon performing the reconfiguration
+ -- in which it is received. If the field is absent, the RRC reconfiguration does not impose a BWP switch (corresponds to L1
+ -- parameter 'active-BWP-DL-Pcell').
+ -- If configured for an SCell, this field contains the ID of the downlink bandwidth part to be used upon MAC-activation of an SCell.
+ -- If not provided, the UE uses the default BWP.
+ -- The initial bandwidth part is referred to by BWP-Id = 0.
+ firstActiveDownlinkBWP-Id BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- The duration in ms after which the UE falls back to the default Bandwidth Part. (see 38.321, section 5.15)
+ -- The value 0.5 ms is only applicable for carriers >6 GHz.
+ -- When the network releases the timer configuration, the UE stops the timer without swithching to the default BWP.
+ bwp-InactivityTimer ENUMERATED {ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms8, ms10, ms20, ms30, ms40,ms50, ms60, ms80,
+ ms100, ms200, ms300, ms500, ms750, ms1280, ms1920, ms2560, spare10, spare9,
+ spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'default-DL-BWP'. The initial bandwidth part is referred to by BWP-Id = 0.
+ -- ID of the downlink bandwidth part to be used upon expiry of txxx.
+ -- This field is UE specific. When the field is absent the UE uses the the initial BWP as default BWP.
+ -- (see 38.211, 38.213, section 12 and 38.321, section 5.15)
+ defaultDownlinkBWP-Id BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ uplinkConfig UplinkConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd-UL
+ supplementaryUplink UplinkConfig OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd-SUL
+
+
+ -- PDSCH releated parameters that are not BWP-specific.
+ pdsch-ServingCellConfig SetupRelease { PDSCH-ServingCellConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ csi-MeasConfig SetupRelease { CSI-MeasConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Includes parameters for configuration of carrier based SRS switching
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-CarrierSwitching' (see 38,214, section FFS_Section)
+ carrierSwitching SetupRelease { SRS-CarrierSwitching } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- MAC parameters:
+ sCellDeactivationTimer ENUMERATED {ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160, ms200, ms240, ms320, ms400, ms480, ms520, ms640,
+ ms720, ms840, ms1280, spare2,spare1} OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServingCellWithoutPUCCH
+
+ -- Indicates whether this SCell is cross-carrier scheduled by another serving cell.
+ crossCarrierSchedulingConfig CrossCarrierSchedulingConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Timing Advance Group ID, as specified in TS 38.321 [3], which this cell belongs to.
+ tag-Id TAG-Id,
+ -- Enables the "UE beam lock function (UBF)", which disable changes to the UE beamforming configuration when in NR_RRC_CONNECTED.
+ -- FFS: Parameter added preliminary based on RAN4 LS in R4-1711823. Decide where to place it (maybe ServingCellConfigCommon or
+ -- in a BeamManagement IE??)
+ ue-BeamLockFunction ENUMERATED {enabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Indicates whether UE shall apply as pathloss reference either the downlink of PCell or of SCell that corresponds with this uplink
+ -- (see 38.213, section 7)
+ pathlossReferenceLinking ENUMERATED {pCell, sCell} OPTIONAL -- Cond SCellOnly
+}
+
+UplinkConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Configuration of UL BWPs (including BWP-specific parameters:
+
+ -- The dedicated (UE-specific) configuration for the initial uplink bandwidth-part.
+ initialUplinkBWP BWP-UplinkDedicated OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd
+
+ -- The additional bandwidth parts for uplink. In case of TDD uplink- and downlink BWP with the same bandwidthPartId are considered
+ -- as a BWP pair and must have the same center frequency.
+ uplinkBWP-ToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ uplinkBWP-ToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofBWPs)) OF BWP-Uplink OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- If configured for an SpCell, this field contains the ID of the DL BWP to be activated upon performing the reconfiguration
+ -- in which it is received. If the field is absent, the RRC reconfiguration does not impose a BWP switch (corresponds to
+ -- L1 parameter 'active-BWP-UL-Pcell').
+ -- If configured for an SCell, this field contains the ID of the uplink bandwidth part to be used upon MAC-activation of an SCell.
+ -- If not provided, the UE uses the FFS: default BWP.
+ -- The initial bandwidth part is referred to by BandiwdthPartId = 0.
+ firstActiveUplinkBWP-Id BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Configuration that is common across the UL BWPs:
+
+ -- PUSCH related parameters that are not BWP-specific.
+ pusch-ServingCellConfig SetupRelease { PUSCH-ServingCellConfig } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-SERVING-CELL-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-SERVING-CELL-CONFIG-COMMON-START
+
+ServingCellConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ physCellId PhysCellId OPTIONAL, -- Cond HOAndServCellAdd,
+ frequencyInfoDL FrequencyInfoDL OPTIONAL, -- Cond InterFreqHOAndServCellAdd
+ -- The initial downlink BWP configuration for a SpCell (PCell of MCG or SCG).
+ initialDownlinkBWP BWP-DownlinkCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd
+
+ uplinkConfigCommon UplinkConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd-UL
+ supplementaryUplinkConfig UplinkConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond ServCellAdd-SUL
+
+
+ -- Indicates the time domain positions of the transmitted SS-blocks in an SS-burst. The first/ leftmost bit corresponds to SS/PBCH
+ -- block index 0, the second bit corresponds to SS/PBCH block index 1, and so on. Value 0 in the bitmap indicates that the
+ -- corresponding SS/PBCH block is not transmitted while value 1 indicates that the corresponding SS/PBCH block is transmitted.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SSB-Transmitted' (see 38.213, section 4.1)
+ ssb-PositionsInBurst CHOICE {
+ -- bitmap for sub 3 GHz
+ shortBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (4)),
+ -- bitmap for 3-6 GHz
+ mediumBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (8)),
+ -- bitmap for above 6 GHz
+ longBitmap BIT STRING (SIZE (64))
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R,
+ -- The SSB periodicity in msec for the rate matching purpose. If the field is absent, the UE applies the value ms5.
+ -- (see 38.211, section [7.4.3.1])
+ ssb-periodicityServingCell ENUMERATED { ms5, ms10, ms20, ms40, ms80, ms160, spare2, spare1 } OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- Position of (first) DL DM-RS (see 38.211, section 7.4.1.1.1)
+ dmrs-TypeA-Position ENUMERATED {pos2, pos3},
+
+ -- Parameters to determine an LTE CRS pattern that the UE shall rate match around.
+ lte-CRS-ToMatchAround SetupRelease { RateMatchPatternLTE-CRS } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+
+ -- Resources patterns which the UE should rate match PDSCH around. The UE rate matches around the union of all resources
+ -- indicated in the nested bitmaps. Rate match patterns defined here on cell level apply only to PDSCH of the same numerology.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Resource-set-cekk' (see 38.214, section 5.1.2.2.3)
+ rateMatchPatternToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPattern OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ rateMatchPatternToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofRateMatchPatterns)) OF RateMatchPatternId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ -- Subcarrier spacing of SSB. Used only for non-initial access (e.g. SCells, PCell of SCG).
+ -- If the field is absent the UE shall assume the default value of the band.
+ -- Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 120 or 240 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
+ subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- A cell-specific TDD UL/DL configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-DL-configuration-common' (see 38.213, section 11.1)
+ tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
+ -- A second cell-specific TDD UL/DL configuration. When tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon2 is configured, the cell specific DL/UL
+ -- pattern is a concatenation of the pattern specified in tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon and the pattern specified in
+ -- tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon2. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-DL-configuration-common-Set2' (see 38.211, section 11.1)
+ tdd-UL-DL-ConfigurationCommon2 TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon OPTIONAL, -- Cond TDD
+ -- TX power that the NW used for SSB transmission. The UE uses it to estimate the RA preamble TX power.
+ -- (see 38.213, section 7.4)
+ ss-PBCH-BlockPower INTEGER (-60..50),
+ ...
+}
+
+UplinkConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Absolute uplink frequency configuration and subcarrier specific virtual carriers.
+ frequencyInfoUL FrequencyInfoUL OPTIONAL, -- Cond InterFreqHOAndServCellAdd
+ -- The initial uplink BWP configuration for a SpCell (PCell of MCG or SCG). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'initial-UL-BWP'.
+ -- (see 38.331, section FFS_Section).
+ initialUplinkBWP BWP-UplinkCommon OPTIONAL -- Cond ServCellAdd
+}
+
+-- TAG-SERVING-CELL-CONFIG-COMMON-STOP
+-- TAG-SINR-RANGE-START
+
+SINR-Range ::= INTEGER(0..127)
+
+-- TAG-SINR-RANGE-STOP
+-- TAG-SLOTFORMATCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-START
+
+-- The SlotFormatCombinations applicable for one serving cell. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'cell-to-SFI' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1)
+SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The ID of the serving cell for which the slotFormatCombinations are applicable
+ servingCellId ServCellIndex,
+
+ -- Reference subcarrier spacing for this Slot Format Combination. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-scs' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ subcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing,
+ -- Reference subcarrier spacing for a Slot Format Combination on an FDD or SUL cell.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-scs2' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section).
+ -- For FDD, subcarrierSpacing (SFI-scs) is the reference SCS for DL BWP and subcarrierSpacing2 (SFI-scs2) is the reference SCS for UL BWP.
+ -- For SUL, subcarrierSpacing (SFI-scs) is the reference SCS for non-SUL carrier and subcarrierSpacing2 (SFI-scs2) is the reference
+ -- SCS for SUL carrier.
+ subcarrierSpacing2 SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- A list with SlotFormatCombinations. Each SlotFormatCombination comprises of one or more SlotFormats (see 38.211, section 4.3.2)
+ -- FFS_CHECK: RAN1 indicates that the combinations could be of two different types... but they don't specify the second
+ slotFormatCombinations SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerSet)) OF SlotFormatCombination OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- The (starting) position (bit) of the slotFormatCombinationId (SFI-Index) for this serving cell (servingCellId) within the DCI payload.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-values' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ positionInDCI INTEGER(0..maxSFI-DCI-PayloadSize-1) OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+SlotFormatCombination ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- This ID is used in the DCI payload to dynamically select this SlotFormatCombination.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-index' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+ slotFormatCombinationId SlotFormatCombinationId,
+ -- Slot formats that occur in consecutive slots in time domain order as listed here. The the slot formats are
+ -- defined in 38.211, table 4.3.2-3 and numbered with 0..255.
+ slotFormats SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSlotFormatsPerCombination)) OF INTEGER (0..255)
+}
+
+-- SFI index that is assoicated with a certian slot-format-combination
+-- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-index' (see 38.213, section FFS_Section)
+SlotFormatCombinationId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerSet-1)
+
+-- TAG-SLOTFORMATCOMBINATIONSPERCELL-STOP
+-- TAG-SLOTFORMATINDICATOR-START
+
+SlotFormatIndicator ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- RNTI used for SFI on the given cell
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-RNTI' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1)
+ sfi-RNTI RNTI-Value,
+
+ -- Total length of the DCI payload scrambled with SFI-RNTI.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-DCI-payload-length' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1)
+ dci-PayloadSize INTEGER (1..maxSFI-DCI-PayloadSize),
+
+ -- A list of SlotFormatCombinations for the UE's serving cells.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SFI-cell-to-SFI' (see 38.213, section 11.1.1)
+ slotFormatCombToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofAggregatedCellsPerCellGroup)) OF SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ slotFormatCombToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofAggregatedCellsPerCellGroup)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-SLOTFORMATINDICATOR-STOP
+-- TAG-SPS-CONFIG-START
+
+-- Downlink SPS may be configured on the PCell as well as on SCells. But it shall not be configured for more than
+-- one serving cell of a cell group at once.
+SPS-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Periodicity for DL SPS
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'semiPersistSchedIntervalDL' (see 38.214 and 38.321, section FFS_Section)
+ -- FFS-Value: Support also shorter periodicities for DL?
+ periodicity ENUMERATED {ms10, ms20, ms32, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms320, ms640,
+ spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1},
+ -- Number of configured HARQ processes for SPS DL. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'numberOfConfSPS-Processes' (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ nrofHARQ-Processes INTEGER (1..8),
+ -- HARQ resource for PUCCH for DL SPS. The network configures the resource either as format0 or format1. (see 38.214, section FFS_Section)
+ n1PUCCH-AN PUCCH-Resource OPTIONAL -- Need M
+}
+
+-- TAG-SPS-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-SRB-IDENTITY-START
+
+SRB-Identity ::= INTEGER (1..3)
+
+-- TAG-SRB-IDENTITY-STOP
+-- TAG-SRS-CONFIG-START
+
+SRS-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ srs-ResourceSetToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(0..maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets)) OF SRS-ResourceSetId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ srs-ResourceSetToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(0..maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets)) OF SRS-ResourceSet OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+ srs-ResourceToReleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-Resources)) OF SRS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ srs-ResourceToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-Resources)) OF SRS-Resource OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+
+
+ -- If absent, UE applies TPC commands via accumulation. If disabled, UE applies the TPC command without accumulation
+ -- (this applies to SRS when a separate closed loop is configured for SRS)
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'Accumulation-enabled-srs' (see 38,213, section 7.3)
+ tpc-Accumulation ENUMERATED {disabled} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ ...
+}
+
+SRS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The ID of this resource set. It is unique in the context of the BWP in which the parent SRS-Config is defined.
+ srs-ResourceSetId SRS-ResourceSetId,
+ -- The IDs of the SRS-Reosurces used in this SRS-ResourceSet
+ srs-ResourceIdList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofSRS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF SRS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+
+ resourceType CHOICE {
+ aperiodic SEQUENCE {
+ -- The DCI "code point" upon which the UE shall transmit SRS according to this SRS resource set configuration.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'AperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger' (see 38.214, section 6.1.1.2)
+ aperiodicSRS-ResourceTrigger INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRS-TriggerStates-1),
+ -- ID of CSI-RS resource associated with this SRS resource set. (see 38.214, section 6.1.1.2)
+ csi-RS NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+ -- An offset in number of slots between the triggering DCI and the actual transmission of this SRS-ResourceSet.
+ -- If the field is absent the UE applies no offset (value 0)
+ slotOffset INTEGER (1..8) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ ...
+ },
+ semi-persistent SEQUENCE {
+ -- ID of CSI-RS resource associated with this SRS resource set in non-codebook based operation.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-AssocCSIRS' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ associatedCSI-RS NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonCodebook
+ ...
+ },
+ periodic SEQUENCE {
+ -- ID of CSI-RS resource associated with this SRS resource set in non-codebook based operation.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-AssocCSIRS' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ associatedCSI-RS NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId OPTIONAL, -- Cond nonCodebook
+ ...
+ }
+ },
+ -- Indicates if the SRS resource set is used for beam management vs. used for either codebook based or non-codebook based transmission.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SetUse' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ -- FFS_CHECK: Isn't codebook/noncodebook already known from the ulTxConfig in the SRS-Config? If so, isn't the only distinction
+ -- in the set between BeamManagement, AtennaSwitching and "Other� Or what happens if SRS-Config=Codebook but a Set=NonCodebook?
+ usage ENUMERATED {beamManagement, codebook, nonCodebook, antennaSwitching},
+
+ -- alpha value for SRS power control. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'alpha-srs' (see 38.213, section 7.3)
+ -- When the field is absent the UE applies the value 1
+ alpha Alpha OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ -- P0 value for SRS power control. The value is in dBm. Only even values (step size 2) are allowed.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'p0-srs' (see 38.213, section 7.3)
+ p0 INTEGER (-202..24) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+ -- A reference signal (e.g. a CSI-RS config or a SSblock) to be used for SRS path loss estimation.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'srs-pathlossReference-rs-config' (see 38.213, section 7.3)
+ pathlossReferenceRS CHOICE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need M
+ -- Indicates whether hsrs,c(i) = fc(i,1) or hsrs,c(i) = fc(i,2) (if twoPUSCH-PC-AdjustmentStates are configured)
+ -- or serarate close loop is configured for SRS. This parameter is applicable only for Uls on which UE also transmits PUSCH.
+ -- If absent or release, the UE applies the value sameAs-Fci1
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'srs-pcadjustment-state-config' (see 38.213, section 7.3)
+ srs-PowerControlAdjustmentStates ENUMERATED { sameAsFci2, separateClosedLoop} OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+ ...
+}
+
+SRS-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets-1)
+
+SRS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ srs-ResourceId SRS-ResourceId,
+ nrofSRS-Ports ENUMERATED {port1, ports2, ports4},
+ -- The PTRS port index for this SRS resource for non-codebook based UL MIMO. This is only applicable when the corresponding
+ -- PTRS-UplinkConfig is set to CP-OFDM. The ptrs-PortIndex configured here must be smaller than or equal to the maxNnrofPorts
+ -- configured in the PTRS-UplinkConfig.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'UL-PTRS-SRS-mapping-non-CB' (see 38.214, section 6.1)
+ ptrs-PortIndex ENUMERATED {n0, n1 } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ -- Comb value (2 or 4) and comb offset (0..combValue-1). Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-TransmissionComb' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ transmissionComb CHOICE {
+ n2 SEQUENCE {
+ combOffset-n2 INTEGER (0..1),
+ -- Cyclic shift configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-CyclicShiftConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ cyclicShift-n2 INTEGER (0..7)
+ },
+ n4 SEQUENCE {
+ combOffset-n4 INTEGER (0..3),
+ -- Cyclic shift configuration. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-CyclicShiftConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ cyclicShift-n4 INTEGER (0..11)
+ }
+ },
+ -- OFDM symbol location of the SRS resource within a slot including number of OFDM symbols (N = 1, 2 or 4 per SRS resource),
+ -- startPosition (SRSSymbolStartPosition = 0..5; "0" refers to the last symbol, "1" refers to the second last symbol) and
+ -- RepetitionFactor (r = 1, 2 or 4).
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-ResourceMapping' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1 and 38.211, section 6.4.1.4).
+ -- FFS: Apparently, RAN1 considers replacing these three fields by a table in RAN1 specs and a corresponding index in ASN.1?!
+ resourceMapping SEQUENCE {
+ startPosition INTEGER (0..5),
+ nrofSymbols ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4},
+ repetitionFactor ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4}
+ },
+ -- Parameter(s) defining frequency domain position and configurable shift to align SRS allocation to 4 PRB grid.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-FreqDomainPosition' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ freqDomainPosition INTEGER (0..67),
+ freqDomainShift INTEGER (0..268),
+ -- Includes parameters capturing SRS frequency hopping
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-FreqHopping' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ freqHopping SEQUENCE {
+ c-SRS INTEGER (0..63),
+ b-SRS INTEGER (0..3),
+ b-hop INTEGER (0..3)
+ },
+ -- Parameter(s) for configuring group or sequence hopping
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-GroupSequenceHopping' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ groupOrSequenceHopping ENUMERATED { neither, groupHopping, sequenceHopping },
+ -- Time domain behavior of SRS resource configuration.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-ResourceConfigType' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1).
+ -- For codebook based uplink transmission, the network configures SRS resources in the same resource set with the same
+ -- time domain behavior on periodic, aperiodic and semi-persistent SRS.
+ -- FFS: Add configuration parameters for the different SRS resource types?
+ resourceType CHOICE {
+ aperiodic SEQUENCE {
+ ...
+ },
+ semi-persistent SEQUENCE {
+ -- Periodicity and slot offset for for this SRS resource. All values in "number of slots".
+ -- sl1 corresponds to a periodicity of 1 slot, value sl2 corresponds to a periodicity of 2 slots, and so on.
+ -- For each periodicity the corresponding offset is given in number of slots. For periodicity sl1 the offset is 0 slots.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SlotConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ periodicityAndOffset-sp SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset,
+ ...
+ },
+ periodic SEQUENCE {
+ -- Periodicity and slot offset for for this SRS resource. All values in "number of slots"
+ -- sl1 corresponds to a periodicity of 1 slot, value sl2 corresponds to a periodicity of 2 slots, and so on.
+ -- For each periodicity the corresponding offset is given in number of slots. For periodicity sl1 the offset is 0 slots.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SlotConfig' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ periodicityAndOffset-p SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset,
+ ...
+ }
+ },
+ -- Sequence ID used to initialize psedo random group and sequence hopping.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SequenceId' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ sequenceId BIT STRING (SIZE (10)),
+
+ -- Configuration of the spatial relation between a reference RS and the target SRS. Reference RS can be SSB/CSI-RS/SRS
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-SpatialRelationInfo' (see 38.214, section 6.2.1)
+ spatialRelationInfo CHOICE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ csi-RS-Index NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+ srs SRS-ResourceId
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+SRS-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSRS-Resources-1)
+
+SRS-PeriodicityAndOffset ::= CHOICE {
+ sl1 NULL,
+ sl2 INTEGER(0..1),
+ sl4 INTEGER(0..3),
+ sl5 INTEGER(0..4),
+ sl8 INTEGER(0..7),
+ sl10 INTEGER(0..9),
+ sl16 INTEGER(0..15),
+ sl20 INTEGER(0..19),
+ sl32 INTEGER(0..31),
+ sl40 INTEGER(0..39),
+ sl64 INTEGER(0..63),
+ sl80 INTEGER(0..79),
+ sl160 INTEGER(0..159),
+ sl320 INTEGER(0..319),
+ sl640 INTEGER(0..639),
+ sl1280 INTEGER(0..1279),
+ sl2560 INTEGER(0..2559)
+}
+
+-- TAG-SRS-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-SRS-CARRIERSWITCHING-START
+SRS-CarrierSwitching ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- Indicates the serving cell whose UL transmission may be interrupted during SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell.
+ -- During SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less cell, the UE may temporarily suspend the UL transmission on a serving cell with PUSCH
+ -- in the same CG to allow the PUSCH-less cell to transmit SRS. (see 38.214, section 6.2.1.3)
+ srs-SwitchFromServCellIndex INTEGER (0..31) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+
+ -- Network configures the UE with either typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group or typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group, if any.
+ srs-TPC-PDCCH-Group CHOICE {
+ -- Type A trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'typeA-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Group' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ typeA SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..32)) OF SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config,
+ -- Type B trigger configuration for SRS transmission on a PUSCH-less SCell.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'typeB-SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ typeB SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+
+ -- Maps a specific cell to a given SFI value within the DCI message
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-cell-to-SFI' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ srs-CellToSFI SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF SlotFormatCombinationsPerCell OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+
+ -- A set of serving cells for monitoring PDCCH conveying SRS DCI format with CRC scrambled by TPC-SRS-RNTI
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'SRS-monitoring-cells' (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ monitoringCells SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofServingCells)) OF ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+ ...
+}
+
+-- One trigger configuration for SRS-Carrier Switching. (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+SRS-TPC-PDCCH-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The starting bit position of a block within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) and TPC commands
+ -- for a PUSCH-less SCell. (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ startingBitOfFormat2-3 INTEGER (1..31) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+ -- The type of a field within the group DCI with SRS request fields (optional) for a PUSCH-less SCell,
+ -- which indicates how many bits in the field are for SRS request (0 or 1/2).
+ -- Note that for Type A, there is a common SRS request field for all SCells in the set, but each SCell has its
+ -- own TPC command bits. See TS 38.212. Network configures this field with the same value for all PUSCH-less SCells.
+ -- (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ fieldTypeFormat2-3 INTEGER (0..1) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+ -- A list of paris of [cc-SetIndex; cc-IndexInOneCC-Set] (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ -- FFS: Improve description. What is a "CC"? Where is a CC-Set defined? ...
+ srs-CC-SetIndexlist SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..4)) OF SRS-CC-SetIndex OPTIONAL -- Cond Setup
+}
+
+SRS-CC-SetIndex ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Indicates the CC set index for Type A associated (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ cc-SetIndex INTEGER (0..3) OPTIONAL, -- Cond Setup
+ -- Indicates the CC index in one CC set for Type A (see 38.212, 38.213, section 7.3.1, 11.3)
+ cc-IndexInOneCC-Set INTEGER (0..7) OPTIONAL -- Cond Setup
+}
+
+-- TAG-SRS-CARRIERSWITCHING-STOP
+-- TAG-SSB-INDEX-START
+
+SSB-Index ::= INTEGER (0..63)
+
+-- TAG-SSB-INDEX-STOP
+-- TAG-SUBCARRIER-SPACING-START
+
+-- The subcarrier spacing supported in NR. Restrictions applicable for certain frequencies, channels or signals are clarified
+-- in the fields that use this IE.
+SubcarrierSpacing ::= ENUMERATED {kHz15, kHz30, kHz60, kHz120, kHz240, spare3, spare2, spare1}
+
+
+-- TAG-SUBCARRIER-SPACING-STOP
+-- TAG-TCI-STATE-START
+
+TCI-State ::= SEQUENCE {
+ tci-StateId TCI-StateId,
+ qcl-Type1 QCL-Info,
+ qcl-Type2 QCL-Info OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ nrofPTRS-Ports ENUMERATED {n1, n2} OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+ ...
+}
+
+QCL-Info ::= SEQUENCE {
+
+ -- The carrier which the RS is located in. If the field is absent, it applies to the serving cell in which the TCI-State is configured
+ cell ServCellIndex OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- The DL BWP which the RS is located in.
+ bwp-Id BWP-Id OPTIONAL, -- Cond CSI-RS-Indicated
+ -- Cond NZP-CSI-RS-Indicated: mandatory if csi-rs or csi-RS-for-tracking is included, absent otherwise
+ referenceSignal CHOICE {
+ csi-rs NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+ ssb SSB-Index,
+ -- A set of CSI-RS resources for tracking
+ csi-RS-for-tracking NZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId
+ },
+ qcl-Type ENUMERATED {typeA, typeB, typeC, typeD},
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-TCI-STATE-STOP
+-- TAG-TCI-STATEID-START
+
+TCI-StateId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofTCI-States-1)
+
+-- TAG-TCI-STATEID-STOP
+-- TAG-TDD-UL-DL-CONFIG-START
+
+TDD-UL-DL-ConfigCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Reference SCS used to determine the time domain boundaries in the UL-DL pattern which must be common across all subcarrier specific
+ -- virtual carriers, i.e., independent of the actual subcarrier spacing using for data transmission.
+ -- Only the values 15 or 30 kHz (<6GHz), 60 or 120 kHz (>6GHz) are applicable.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'reference-SCS' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ referenceSubcarrierSpacing SubcarrierSpacing OPTIONAL,
+ -- Periodicity of the DL-UL pattern. Corresponds to L1 parameter 'DL-UL-transmission-periodicity' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ dl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicity ENUMERATED {ms0p5, ms0p625, ms1, ms1p25, ms2, ms2p5, ms5, ms10} OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- Number of consecutive full DL slots at the beginning of each DL-UL pattern.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-DL-slots' (see 38.211, Table 4.3.2-1)
+ nrofDownlinkSlots INTEGER (0..maxNrofSlots) OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- Number of consecutive DL symbols in the beginning of the slot following the last full DL slot (as derived from nrofDownlinkSlots).
+ -- If the field is absent or released, there is no partial-downlink slot.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-DL-symbols-common' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section).
+ nrofDownlinkSymbols INTEGER (0..maxNrofSymbols-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need R
+
+ -- Number of consecutive full UL slots at the end of each DL-UL pattern.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-UL-slots' (see 38.211, Table 4.3.2-1)
+ nrofUplinkSlots INTEGER (0..maxNrofSlots) OPTIONAL,
+
+ -- Number of consecutive UL symbols in the end of the slot preceding the first full UL slot (as derived from nrofUplinkSlots).
+ -- If the field is absent or released, there is no partial-uplink slot.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-UL-symbols-common' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ nrofUplinkSymbols INTEGER (0..maxNrofSymbols-1) OPTIONAL -- Need R
+}
+
+TDD-UL-DL-ConfigDedicated ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- The slotSpecificConfiguration allows overriding UL/DL allocations provided in tdd-UL-DL-configurationCommon.
+ -- FFS_ASN1: Consider making this an AddMod/Release list
+ -- FFS_ASN1: Replace absolute numbers by variables... once RAN1 confirms.
+ -- FFS_CHECK: This list will grow very large if used for many slots.
+ slotSpecificConfigurationsToAddModList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSlots)) OF TDD-UL-DL-SlotConfig OPTIONAL, -- Need N
+ slotSpecificConfigurationsToreleaseList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofSlots)) OF TDD-UL-DL-SlotIndex OPTIONAL -- Need N
+}
+
+TDD-UL-DL-SlotConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Identifies a slot within a dl-UL-TransmissionPeriodicity (given in tdd-UL-DL-configurationCommon)
+ slotIndex TDD-UL-DL-SlotIndex,
+
+ -- The direction (downlink or uplink) for the symbols in this slot. "allDownlink" indicates that all symbols in this slot are used
+ -- for downlink; "allUplink" indicates that all symbols in this slot are used for uplink; "explicit" indicates explicitly how many symbols
+ -- in the beginning and end of this slot are allocated to downlink and uplink, respectively.
+ symbols CHOICE {
+ allDownlink NULL,
+ allUplink NULL,
+ explicit SEQUENCE {
+ -- Number of consecutive DL symbols in the beginning of the slot identified by slotIndex.
+ -- If the field is absent the UE assumes that there are no leading DL symbols.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-DL-symbols-dedicated' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ nrofDownlinkSymbols INTEGER (1..maxNrofSymbols-1) OPTIONAL, -- Need S
+
+ -- Number of consecutive UL symbols in the end of the slot identified by slotIndex.
+ -- If the field is absent the UE assumes that there are no trailing UL symbols.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'number-of-UL-symbols-dedicated' (see 38.211, section FFS_Section)
+ nrofUplinkSymbols INTEGER (1..maxNrofSymbols-1) OPTIONAL -- Need S
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+TDD-UL-DL-SlotIndex ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofSlots-1)
+
+-- TAG-TDD-UL-DL-CONFIG-STOP
+
+TimeToTrigger ::= ENUMERATED {
+ ms0, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms100, ms128, ms160, ms256,
+ ms320, ms480, ms512, ms640, ms1024, ms1280, ms2560,
+ ms5120}
+
+-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCE-START
+
+ZP-CSI-RS-Resource ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- ZP CSI-RS resource configuration ID
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceConfigId' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4.2)
+ zp-CSI-RS-ResourceId ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+ -- OFDM symbol and subcarrier occupancy of the ZP-CSI-RS resource within a slot
+ resourceMapping CSI-RS-ResourceMapping,
+ -- Periodicity and slot offset for periodic/semi-persistent ZP-CSI-RS
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ZP-CSI-RS-timeConfig' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4.2)
+ periodicityAndOffset CSI-ResourcePeriodicityAndOffset OPTIONAL, --Cond PeriodicOrSemiPersistent
+
+ ...
+}
+
+ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources-1)
+
+-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCE-STOP
+-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-START
+
+ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSet ::= SEQUENCE {
+ zp-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId,
+ -- The list of ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId identifying the ZP-CSI-RS-Resource elements belonging to this set.
+ zp-CSI-RS-ResourceIdList SEQUENCE (SIZE(1..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet)) OF ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceId,
+ -- Time domain behavior of ZP-CSI-RS resource configuration.
+ -- Corresponds to L1 parameter 'ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceConfigType' (see 38.214, section 5.1.4.2)
+ resourceType ENUMERATED {aperiodic, semiPersistent, periodic},
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESET-STOP
+-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESETID-START
+
+ZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetId ::= INTEGER (0..maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets-1)
+
+-- TAG-ZP-CSI-RS-RESOURCESETID-STOP
+-- TAG-BANDCOMBINATIONLIST-START
+
+BandCombinationList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb)) OF BandCombination
+
+BandCombination ::= SEQUENCE {
+ bandAndDL-ParametersList BandAndDL-ParametersList,
+ bandCombinationsUL BIT STRING (SIZE (1.. maxBandComb)),
+ bandCombinationParametersList SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb)) OF BandCombinationParameters OPTIONAL
+}
+
+BandAndDL-ParametersList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands)) OF BandAndDL-Parameters
+
+BandAndDL-Parameters ::= CHOICE {
+ bandAndDL-ParametersEUTRA BandAndDL-ParametersEUTRA,
+ bandAndDL-ParametersNR BandAndDL-ParametersNR
+}
+BandCombinationParameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ca-ParametersNR CA-ParametersNR OPTIONAL,
+ mrdc-Parameters MRDC-Parameters OPTIONAL
+}
+
+CA-ParametersNR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ multipleTimingAdvances ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 2-5: Simultaneous reception and transmission for inter band CA (TDD-TDD or TDD-FDD)
+ simultaneousRxTxInterBandCA ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- BCS related to R4 2-1 and Updated CA BW class in R4-1803374
+ supportedBandwidthCombinationSet BIT STRING (SIZE (1..32)) OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MRDC-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ singleUL-Transmission ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-10: Support of EN-DC with LTE-NR coexistence in UL sharing from UE perspective
+ ul-SharingEUTRA-NR ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-11: Switching time between LTE UL and NR UL for EN-DC with LTE-NR coexistence in UL sharing from UE perspective
+ ul-SwitchingTimeEUTRA-NR ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 2-4: Simultaneous reception and transmission for inter-band EN-DC (TDD-TDD or TDD-FDD)
+ simultaneousRxTxInterBandENDC ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 2-6: Asynchronous FDD-FDD intra-band EN-DC
+ asyncIntraBandENDC ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ basebandProcesingCombinationMRDC BasebandProcessingCombinationMRDC
+}
+
+BandAndDL-ParametersEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
+ bandEUTRA FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA,
+ ca-BandwidthClassDL-EUTRA CA-BandwidthClassEUTRA OPTIONAL,
+ intraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL-EUTRA-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL-EUTRA OPTIONAL
+}
+
+BandAndDL-ParametersNR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ bandNR FreqBandIndicatorNR,
+ ca-BandwidthClassDL CA-BandwidthClassNR OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 2-3: Non-contiguous intra-band CA frequency separation class for FR2 as in the RAN4 LS R4-1803363
+ intraBandFreqSeparationDL FreqSeparationClass OPTIONAL,
+ intraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL OPTIONAL
+}
+
+IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- Related to RAN4 LS R2-1804078
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH MIMO-LayersDL OPTIONAL
+}
+
+IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoDL-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- Related to RAN4 LS R2-1804078
+ mimo-CapabilityDL ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-BANDCOMBINATIONLIST-STOP
+-- TAG-BANDCOMBINATIONPARAMETERSULLIST-START
+
+BandCombinationParametersUL-List ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb)) OF BandCombinationParametersUL
+
+BandCombinationParametersUL ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxSimultaneousBands)) OF BandParametersUL
+
+BandParametersUL ::= CHOICE {
+ bandParametersUL-EUTRA BandParametersUL-EUTRA,
+ bandParametersUL-NR BandParametersUL-NR
+}
+
+BandParametersUL-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ca-BandwidthClassUL-EUTRA CA-BandwidthClassEUTRA OPTIONAL,
+ intraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL-EUTRA-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL-EUTRA OPTIONAL
+}
+
+BandParametersUL-NR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ca-BandwidthClassUL CA-BandwidthClassNR OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 2-3: Non-contiguous intra-band CA frequency separation class for FR2 as in the RAN4 LS R4-1803363
+ intraBandFreqSeparationUL FreqSeparationClass OPTIONAL,
+ intraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL-List SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL OPTIONAL
+}
+
+IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- Related to RAN4 LS R2-1804078
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL
+}
+
+IntraBandContiguousCC-InfoUL-EUTRA ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- Related to RAN4 LS R2-1804078
+ mimo-CapabilityUL ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-BANDCOMBINATIONPARAMETERSULLIST-STOP
+-- TAG-BASEBANDCOMBINATIONPARAMETERSULLIST-START
+
+BasebandCombinationParametersUL-List ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BasebandCombinationParametersUL
+
+BasebandCombinationParametersUL ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands)) OF BasebandParametersPerBandUL
+
+BasebandParametersPerBandUL ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ca-BandwidthClassUL CA-BandwidthClassNR,
+ freqRange ENUMERATED {fr1, fr2},
+ basebandParametersPerCC-UL SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF BasebandParametersPerCC-UL
+}
+
+BasebandParametersPerCC-UL ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R4 2-2: Simultaneous reception or transmission with same or different numerologies in CA
+-- It is expressed by the combination of SCS whether simultaneous RxTx is supported or not.
+ supportedSubcarrierSpacingUL SubcarrierSpacing,
+-- Accoding to the RAN4 LS R4-1803563, maximum Bandwidth supported per CC is added in BPC
+-- FFS how to work together with BCS and max BW for each CC to be defined for each CA band combination in the RAN4 spec.
+ supportedBandwidthUL CHOICE {
+ fr1 ENUMERATED {mhz5, mhz10, mhz15, mhz20, mhz25, mhz30, mhz40, mhz50, mhz60, mhz80, mhz100},
+ fr2 ENUMERATED {mhz50, mhz100, mhz200, mhz400}
+ },
+ -- R2-1800012. To be confirmed by RAN1
+ scalingFactor0dot75 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-14: Codebook based PUSCH MIMO transmission. Absence of this field implies that CB-based PUSCH is not supported.
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-15: Non-codebook based PUSCH MIMO transmission. Absence of this field implies that Non-CB-based PUSCH is not supported.
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
+-- Accoding to the RAN4 LS R4-1803563, modulation order is added per CC granularity in BPC
+-- FFS whether all of modulation order specified in the spec need to be signalled.
+-- FFS how to address the requirements agreed by RAN4, e.g. mandaotry w/o capabiltiy for 64QAM. mandaotry with capabiltiy for DL 256QAM in FR1.
+ supportedModulationOrderUL ModulationOrder OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-53: SRS resources
+ supportedSRS-Resources SRS-Resources OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-55: SRS Tx switch
+ srs-TxSwitch SRS-TxSwitch OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-57: Support low latency CSI feedback
+ lowLatencyCSI-Feedback ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-12 & 5-12a: Up to 2/7 PUSCHs per slot for different TBs
+ pusch-DifferentTB-PerSlot SEQUENCE {
+ scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-7: Two PUCCH group
+ twoPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-8: Different numerology across PUCCH groups
+ diffNumerologyAcrossPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-9: Different numerologies across carriers within the same PUCCH group
+ diffNumerologyWithinPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-10: Cross carrier scheduling
+ crossCarrierScheduling ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-11: Number of supported TAGs
+ supportedNumberTAG ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-18: Supplemental uplink with dynamic switch
+ dynamicSwitchSUL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-19: Simultaneous transmission of SRS on an SUL/non-SUL carrier and PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS/PRACH on the other UL carrier in the same cell
+-- Details on the channel/signal combination are to be described in TS 38.306
+ simultaneousTxSUL-NonSUL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-22: UL search space sharing for CA
+ searchSpaceSharingCA-UL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-BASEBANDCOMBINATIONPARAMETERSULLIST-STOP
+-- TAG-BASEBANDPROCESSINGCOMBINATIONMRDC-START
+
+BasebandProcessingCombinationMRDC ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BasebandProcessingCombinationLink
+
+BasebandProcessingCombinationLink ::= SEQUENCE {
+ basebandProcessingCombinationIndexMN BasebandProcessingCombinationIndex,
+ basebandProcessingCombinationLinkedIndexSN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BasebandProcessingCombinationIndex
+}
+
+BasebandProcessingCombinationIndex ::= INTEGER (1..maxBasebandProcComb)
+
+-- TAG-BASEBANDPROCESSINGCOMBINATIONMRDC-STOP
+-- TAG-CA-BANDWIDTHCLASSNR-START
+
+-- Updated based on R4-1803374
+CA-BandwidthClassNR ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j, k, l, m, n, o, p, q, ...}
+
+-- TAG-CA-BANDWIDTHCLASSNR-STOP
+-- TAG-CA-BANDWIDTHCLASSEUTRA-START
+
+CA-BandwidthClassEUTRA ::= ENUMERATED {a, b, c, d, e, f, ...}
+
+-- TAG-CA-BANDWIDTHCLASSEUTRA-STOP
+-- TAG-FREQ-BAND-INDICATOR-EUTRA-START
+
+FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA ::= INTEGER (1..maxBandsEUTRA)
+
+-- TAG-FREQ-BAND-INDICATOR-EUTRA-STOP
+-- TAG-FREQBANDLIST-START
+
+FreqBandList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandsMRDC)) OF FreqBandInformation
+
+FreqBandInformation ::= CHOICE {
+ bandEUTRA FreqBandIndicatorEUTRA,
+ bandNR FreqBandIndicatorNR
+}
+
+-- TAG-FREQBANDLIST-STOP
+-- TAG-FREQSEPARATIONCLASS-START
+
+FreqSeparationClass ::= ENUMERATED {c1, c2, c3, ...}
+
+-- TAG-FREQSEPARATIONCLASS-STOP
+-- TAG-MIMO-LAYERS-START
+
+MIMO-LayersDL ::= ENUMERATED {twoLayers, fourLayers, eightLayers}
+
+MIMO-LayersUL ::= ENUMERATED {oneLayer, twoLayers, fourLayers}
+
+-- TAG-MIMO-LAYERS-STOP
+-- TAG-MODULATION-ORDER-START
+
+ModulationOrder ::= ENUMERATED {bpsk-halfpi, bpsk, qpsk, qam16, qam64, qam256}
+
+-- TAG-MODULATION-ORDER-STOP
+-- TAG-RAT-TYPE-START
+
+RAT-Type ::= ENUMERATED {nr, eutra-nr, spare2, spare1, ...}
+
+-- TAG-RAT-TYPE-STOP
+-- TAG-SUPPORTEDBASEBANDPROCESSINGCOMBINATION-START
+
+SupportedBasebandProcessingCombination ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BasebandProcessingCombination
+
+BasebandProcessingCombination ::= SEQUENCE {
+ basebandParametersDL SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxSimultaneousBands)) OF BasebandParametersPerBandDL,
+ basebandParametersUL BIT STRING (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb))}
+
+BasebandParametersPerBandDL ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ca-BandwidthClassDL CA-BandwidthClassNR,
+ freqRange ENUMERATED {fr1, fr2},
+ basebandParametersPerCC-DL SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofServingCells)) OF BasebandParametersPerCC-DL
+}
+
+BasebandParametersPerCC-DL ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R4 2-2: Simultaneous reception or transmission with same or different numerologies in CA
+-- It is expressed by the combination of SCS whether simultaneous RxTx is supported or not.
+ supportedSubcarrierSpacingDL SubcarrierSpacing,
+-- Accoding to the RAN4 LS R4-1803563, maximum Bandwidth supported per CC is added in BPC
+-- FFS how to work together with BCS and max BW for each CC to be defined for each CA band combination in the RAN4 spec.
+ supportedBandwidthDL CHOICE {
+ fr1 ENUMERATED {mhz5, mhz10, mhz15, mhz20, mhz25, mhz30, mhz40, mhz50, mhz60, mhz80, mhz100},
+ fr2 ENUMERATED {mhz50, mhz100, mhz200, mhz400}
+ },
+-- R2-1800012. To be confirmed by RAN1
+ scalingFactor0dot75 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-2: PDSCH beam switching
+ timeDurationForQCL SEQUENCE {
+ scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {s7, s14, s28} OPTIONAL,
+ sch-120kHz ENUMERATED {s14, s28} OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 1-10: Support of SCell without SS/PBCH block
+ scellWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 1-11: Support of CSI-RS RRM measurement for SCell without SS/PBCH block
+ csi-RS-MeasSCellWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-3: PDSCH MIMO layers. Absence of this field implies support of one layer.
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH MIMO-LayersDL OPTIONAL,
+-- Accoding to the RAN4 LS R4-1803563, modulation order is added per CC granularity in BPC
+-- FFS whether all of modulation order specified in the spec need to be signalled.
+-- FFS how to address the requirements agreed by RAN4, e.g. mandaotry w/o capabiltiy for 64QAM. mandaotry with capabiltiy for DL 256QAM in FR1.
+ supportedModulationOrderDL ModulationOrder OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-15a: Association between CSI-RS and SRS
+ srs-AssocCSI-RS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 3-1a: For type 1 CSS with dedicated RRC configuration and for type 3 CSS, UE specific SS, CORESET resource allocation of 6RB bit-map and duration 3 OFDM symbols for FR2
+ type1-3-CSS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 3-5 & 3-5a: For type 1 with dedicated RRC configuration, type 3, and UE-SS,, monitoring occasion can be any OFDM symbol(s) of a slot for Case 2 (with a DCI gap)
+ pdcchMonitoringAnyOccasions ENUMERATED {withoutDCI-gap, withDCI-gap} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-1a: UE specific RRC configure UL/DL assignment
+ ue-SpecificUL-DL-Assignment ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-11 & 5-11a: Up to 2/7 unicast PDSCHs per slot for different TBs
+ pdsch-DifferentTB-PerSlot SEQUENCE {
+ scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-10: Cross carrier scheduling
+ crossCarrierScheduling ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-21: DL search space sharing for CA
+ searchSpaceSharingCA-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-SUPPORTEDBASEBANDPROCESSINGCOMBINATION-STOP
+-- TAG-UE-CAPABILITY-RAT-CONTAINER-LIST-START
+
+UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList ::=SEQUENCE (SIZE (0.. maxRAT-CapabilityContainers)) OF UE-CapabilityRAT-Container
+
+UE-CapabilityRAT-Container ::= SEQUENCE {
+ rat-Type RAT-Type,
+ ue-CapabilityRAT-Container OCTET STRING
+}
+
+-- TAG-UE-CAPABILITY-RAT-CONTAINER-LIST-STOP
+-- TAG-UE-MRDC-CAPABILITY-START
+
+UE-MRDC-Capability ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measParametersMRDC MeasParametersMRDC OPTIONAL,
+ rf-ParametersMRDC RF-ParametersMRDC,
+ phy-ParametersMRDC Phy-ParametersMRDC OPTIONAL,
+ generalParametersMRDC GeneralParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ fdd-Add-UE-MRDC-Capabilities UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode OPTIONAL,
+ tdd-Add-UE-MRDC-Capabilities UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode OPTIONAL,
+ fr1-Add-UE-MRDC-Capabilities UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode OPTIONAL,
+ fr2-Add-UE-MRDC-Capabilities UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode OPTIONAL,
+ lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode ::= SEQUENCE {
+ phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff Phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ measParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff MeasParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ generalParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff GeneralParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL
+}
+
+UE-MRDC-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode ::= SEQUENCE {
+ phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff Phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ measParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff MeasParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff
+}
+
+RF-ParametersMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {
+ supportedBandCombination BandCombinationList,
+ bandCombinationParametersUL-List BandCombinationParametersUL-List
+}
+
+Phy-ParametersMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {
+ phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff Phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff Phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff OPTIONAL
+}
+
+Phy-ParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R1 8-1: Dynamic power sharing for LTE-NR DC
+ dynamicPowerSharing ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-13 & 8-2: Case 1 Single Tx UL LTE-NR DC
+ tdm-Pattern ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+Phy-ParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R1 8-1: Dynamic power sharing for LTE-NR DC
+ dynamicPowerSharing ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-13 & 8-2: Case 1 Single Tx UL LTE-NR DC
+ tdm-Pattern ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MeasParametersMRDC ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measParametersMRDC-Common MeasParametersMRDC-Common,
+ measParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff MeasParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ measParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff MeasParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff
+}
+
+MeasParametersMRDC-Common ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R4 3-1: Independent measurement gap configurations for FR1 and FR2
+ independentGapConfig ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MeasParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+ sftd-MeasPSCell ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ sftd-MeasNR-Cell ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MeasParametersMRDC-FRX-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R4 3-2: Simultaneous reception of data and SS block with different numerologies when UE conducts the serving cell measurement or intra-frequency measurement
+ simultaneousRxDataSSB-DiffNumerology ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+GeneralParametersMRDC-XDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+ splitSRB-WithOneUL-Path ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ splitDRB-withUL-Both-MCG-SCG ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ srb3 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-UE-MRDC-CAPABILITY-STOP
+-- TAG-UE-NR-CAPABILITY-START
+
+UE-NR-Capability ::= SEQUENCE {
+ pdcp-Parameters PDCP-Parameters,
+ rlc-Parameters RLC-Parameters OPTIONAL,
+ mac-Parameters MAC-Parameters OPTIONAL,
+ phy-Parameters Phy-Parameters,
+ rf-Parameters RF-Parameters,
+ measParameters MeasParameters OPTIONAL,
+ fdd-Add-UE-NR-Capabilities UE-NR-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode OPTIONAL,
+ tdd-Add-UE-NR-Capabilities UE-NR-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode OPTIONAL,
+ fr1-Add-UE-NR-Capabilities UE-NR-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode OPTIONAL,
+ fr2-Add-UE-NR-Capabilities UE-NR-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode OPTIONAL,
+ lateNonCriticalExtension OCTET STRING OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+UE-NR-CapabilityAddXDD-Mode ::= SEQUENCE {
+ phy-ParametersXDD-Diff Phy-ParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ mac-ParametersXDD-Diff MAC-ParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ measParametersXDD-Diff MeasParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL
+}
+
+UE-NR-CapabilityAddFRX-Mode ::= SEQUENCE {
+ phy-ParametersFRX-Diff Phy-ParametersFRX-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ measParametersFRX-Diff MeasParametersFRX-Diff OPTIONAL
+}
+
+Phy-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ phy-ParametersCommon Phy-ParametersCommon OPTIONAL,
+ phy-ParametersXDD-Diff Phy-ParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ phy-ParametersFRX-Diff Phy-ParametersFRX-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ phy-ParametersFR1 Phy-ParametersFR1 OPTIONAL,
+ phy-ParametersFR2 Phy-ParametersFR2 OPTIONAL,
+ supportedBasebandProcessingCombination SupportedBasebandProcessingCombination,
+ basebandCombinationParametersUL-List BasebandCombinationParametersUL-List
+}
+
+Phy-ParametersCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R1 1-9: CSI-RS based CFRA for HO
+ csi-RS-CFRA-ForHO ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-11: Downlink dynamic PRB bundling (DL)
+ dynamicPRB-BundlingDL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-32a: Semi-persistent CSI report on PUCCH
+ sp-CSI-ReportPUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-32b: Semi-persistent CSI report on PUSCH
+ sp-CSI-ReportPUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-34: NZP-CSI-RS based interference measurement
+ nzp-CSI-RS-IntefMgmt ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-42: Support Type II SP-CSI feedback on long PUCCH
+ type2-SP-CSI-Feedback-LongPUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 3-3: More than one CORESET per BWP (in addition to CORESET #0)
+ multipleCORESET ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 3-6: Dynamic SFI monitoring and dynamic UL/DL determination
+ dynamicSFI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 3-7: Precoder-granularity of CORESET size
+ precoderGranularityCORESET ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-10: Dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook
+ dynamicHARQ-ACK-Codebook ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-11: Semi-static HARQ-ACK codebook
+ semiStaticHARQ-ACK-Codebook ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-12: HARQ-ACK spatial bundling for PUCCH or PUSCH per PUCCH group
+ spatialBundlingHARQ-ACK ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-21: Dynamic beta-offset configuration and indication for HARQ-ACK and/or CSI
+ dynamicBetaOffsetInd-HARQ-ACK-CSI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-23: Repetitions for PUCCH format 1, 3,and 4 over multiple slots with K = 1, 2, 4, 8
+ pucch-Repetition-F1-3-4 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-2: RA type 0 for PUSCH
+ ra-Type0-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-3: Dynamic switching between RA type 0 and RA type 1 for PDSCH
+ dynamicSwitchRA-Type0-1-PDSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-4: Dynamic switching between RA type 0 andRA type 1 for PUSCH
+ dynamicSwitchRA-Type0-1-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-6: PDSCH mapping type A with less than 7 OFDM symbols
+ pdsch-MappingTypeA ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-6a: PDSCH mapping type B
+ pdsch-MappingTypeB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-7: Interleaving for VRB-to-PRB mapping for PDSCH
+ interleavingVRB-ToPRB-PDSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-8: Interleaving for VRB-to-PRB mapping for PUSCH
+ interleavingVRB-ToPRB-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-10: Inter-slot frequency hopping for PUSCH
+ interSlotFreqHopping-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-13: Type 1 configured PUSCH repetitions within a slot
+ type1-PUSCH-RepetitionOneSlot ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-14: Type 1 configured PUSCH repetitions over multiple slots
+ type1-PUSCH-RepetitionMultiSlots ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-15: Type 2 configured PUSCH repetitions within a slot
+ type2-PUSCH-RepetitionOneSlot ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-16: Type 2 configured PUSCH repetitions over multiple slots
+ type2-PUSCH-RepetitionMultiSlots ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-17: PUSCH repetitions over multiple slots
+ pusch-RepetitionMultiSlots ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-17a: PDSCH repetitions over multiple slots
+ pdsch-RepetitionMultiSlots ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-18: DL SPS
+ downlinkSPS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-19: Type 1 Configured UL grant
+ configuredUL-GrantType1 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-20: Type 2 Configured UL grant
+ configuredUL-GrantType2 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-21: Pre-emption indication for DL
+ pre-EmptIndication-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-22 & 5-25: CBG-based re-transmission for DL/UL using CBGTI
+ cbg-TransIndication BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-23: CBGFI for CBG-based re-transmission for DL
+ cbg-FlushIndication-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-24: Dynamic HARQ-ACK codebook using sub-codebooks for CBG-based re-transmission for DL
+ dynamicHARQ-ACK-CodeB-CBG-Retx-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-26: Semi-static rate-matching resource set configuration for DL
+ rateMatchingResrcSetSemi-Static ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-27: Dynamic rate-matching resource set configuration for DL
+ rateMatchingResrcSetDynamic ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-28: Rate-matching around LTE CRS
+ rateMatchingLTE-CRS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-8: BWP switching delay
+ bwp-SwitchingDelay ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+Phy-ParametersXDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R1 4-2: 2 PUCCH of format 0 or 2 in consecutive symbols
+ twoPUCCH-F0-2-ConsecSymbols ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 8-7: UL power control with 2 PUSCH closed loops
+ twoDifferentTPC-Loop-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 8-8: UL power control with 2 PUCCH closed loops
+ twoDifferentTPC-Loop-PUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+Phy-ParametersFRX-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R1 2-6 & 2-16b: Support 1+2 DMRS (DL/UL)
+ oneFL-DMRS-TwoAdditionalDMRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-7 & 2-18: Supported 2 symbols front-loaded DMRS(DL/UL)
+ twoFL-DMRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-8 & 2-18a: Supported 2 symbols front-loaded +2 symbols additional DMRS(DL/UL)
+ twoFL-DMRS-TwoAdditionalDMRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-9 & 2-19: Support 1+3 DMRS (DL/UL)
+ oneFL-DMRS-ThreeAdditionalDMRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-10: Support DMRS type (DL)
+ supportedDMRS-TypeDL ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-17: Support DMRS type (UL)
+ supportedDMRS-TypeUL ENUMERATED {type1, type2} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-37: Support Semi-open loop CSI
+ semiOpenLoopCSI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-38: CSI report without PMI
+ csi-ReportWithoutPMI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-39: CSI report with CRI
+ csi-ReportWithCRI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-39a: CSI report without CQI
+ csi-ReportWithoutCQI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-44 & 2-47: 1 port of DL/UL PTRS
+ onePortsPTRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-2: 2 PUCCH of format 0 or 2 in consecutive symbols
+ twoPUCCH-F0-2-ConsecSymbols ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-3: PUCCH format 2 over 1 – 2 OFDM symbols once per slot with FH
+ pucch-F2-WithFH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-4: PUCCH format 3 over 4 – 14 OFDM symbols once per slot with FH
+ pucch-F3-WithFH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-5: PUCCH format 4 over 4 – 14 OFDM symbols once per slot with FH
+ pucch-F4-WithFH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-6: Non-frequency hopping for PUCCH formats 0 and 2
+ freqHoppingPUCCH-F0-2 ENUMERATED {notSupported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-7: Non-frequency hopping for PUCCH format 1, 3, and 4
+ freqHoppingPUCCH-F1-3-4 ENUMERATED {notSupported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-19: SR/HARQ-ACK/CSI multiplexing once per slot using a PUCCH (or piggybacked on a PUSCH)
+ mux-SR-HARQ-ACK-CSI-PUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-20: UCI code-block segmentation
+ uci-CodeBlockSegmentation ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-22: 1 long PUCCH format and 1 short PUCCH format in the same slot
+ onePUCCH-LongAndShortFormat ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-22a: 2 PUCCH transmissions in the same slot which are not covered by 4-22 and 4-2
+ twoPUCCH-AnyOthersInSlot ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-9: Intra-slot frequency-hopping for PUSCH except for PUSCH scheduled by Type 1 before RRC connection
+ intraSlotFreqHopping-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-29: LBRM for PUSCH
+ pusch-LBRM ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-5a: PDCCH blind detection capability for CA
+ pdcch-BlindDetectionCA ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 8-3: TPC-PUSCH-RNTI
+ tpc-PUSCH-RNTI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 8-4: TPC-PUCCH-RNTI
+ tpc-PUCCH-RNTI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 8-5: TPC-SRS-RNTI
+ tpc-SRS-RNTI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 8-6: Absolute TPC command mode
+ absoluteTPC-Command ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 8-7: UL power control with 2 PUSCH closed loops
+ twoDifferentTPC-Loop-PUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 8-8: UL power control with 2 PUCCH closed loops
+ twoDifferentTPC-Loop-PUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-6: pi/2-BPSK for PUSCH
+ pusch-HalfPi-BPSK ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-7: pi/2-BPSK for PUCCH format 3/4
+ pucch-F3-4-HalfPi-BPSK ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-9: 1-symbol GP in unpaired spectrum
+ oneSymbolGP-TDD ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 2-7: Almost contiguous UL CP-OFDM
+ almostContiguousCP-OFDM-UL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+Phy-ParametersFR1 ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R1 3-2: Unicast PDCCH monitoring following Case 1-2
+ pdcchMonitoringSingleOccasion ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-1: 60kHz of subcarrier spacing for FR1
+ scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-4: 256QAM for PDSCH in FR1
+ pdsch-256QAM-FR1 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+Phy-ParametersFR2 ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R4 2-8: PA calibration gap
+ calibrationGapPA ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+RF-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ supportedBandListNR SupportedBandListNR,
+ supportedBandCombination BandCombinationList,
+ bandCombinationParametersUL-List BandCombinationParametersUL-List
+}
+
+SupportedBandListNR ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBands)) OF BandNR
+
+BandNR ::= SEQUENCE {
+ bandNR FreqBandIndicatorNR,
+-- Modified MPR behaviour as in RAN4 LS R2-1804077, which is needed for NSA as well as SA
+ modifiedMPR-Behaviour BIT STRING (SIZE (8)) OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 2-1: Maximum channel bandwidth supported in each band for DL and UL separately and for each SCS that UE supports within a single CC
+-- RAN4 agreed that 400 MHz is optional for FR2. The other values defined for FR1/fR2 in TS 38.101 are mandatory w/o capability bit.
+ maxChannelBW-PerCC ENUMERATED {mhz400} OPTIONAL,
+ mimo-ParametersPerBand MIMO-ParametersPerBand OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 0-10: Extended CP
+ extendedCP ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 0-13: Phase coherence across non-contiguous UL symbols in slot in the transmission of one channel
+ phaseCoherenceUL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 1-10: Support of SCell without SS/PBCH block
+ scellWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 1-11: Support of CSI-RS RRM measurement for SCell without SS/PBCH block
+ csi-RS-MeasSCellWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-15a: Association between CSI-RS and SRS
+ srs-AssocCSI-RS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 3-1a: For type 1 CSS with dedicated RRC configuration and for type 3 CSS, UE specific SS, CORESET resource allocation of 6RB bit-map and duration 3 OFDM symbols for FR2
+ type1-3-CSS ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 3-4: More than one TCI state configurations per CORESET
+ multipleTCI ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 3-5 & 3-5a: For type 1 with dedicated RRC configuration, type 3, and UE-SS,, monitoring occasion can be any OFDM symbol(s) of a slot for Case 2 (with a DCI gap)
+ pdcchMonitoringAnyOccasions ENUMERATED {withoutDCI-gap, withDCI-gap} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-1a: UE specific RRC configure UL/DL assignment
+ ue-SpecificUL-DL-Assignment ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-11 & 5-11a: Up to 2/7 unicast PDSCHs per slot for different TBs
+ pdsch-DifferentTB-PerSlot SEQUENCE {
+ scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 5-12 & 5-12a: Up to 2/7 PUSCHs per slot for different TBs
+ pusch-DifferentTB-PerSlot SEQUENCE {
+ scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {upto2, upto7} OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-2 & 6-3: Type A/B BWP adaptation (up to 2/4 BWPs) with same numerology
+ bwp-SameNumerology ENUMERATED {upto2, upto4} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-4: BWP adaptation (up to 4 BWPs) with different numerologies
+ bwp-DiffNumerology ENUMERATED {upto4} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-7: Two PUCCH group
+ twoPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-8: Different numerology across PUCCH groups
+ diffNumerologyAcrossPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-9: Different numerologies across carriers within the same PUCCH group
+ diffNumerologyWithinPUCCH-Group ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-10: Cross carrier scheduling
+ crossCarrierScheduling ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-11: Number of supported TAGs
+ supportedNumberTAG ENUMERATED {n2, n3, n4} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-19: Simultaneous transmission of SRS on an SUL/non-SUL carrier and PUSCH/PUCCH/SRS/PRACH on the other UL carrier in the same cell
+-- Details on the channel/signal combination are to be described in TS 38.306
+ simultaneousTxSUL-NonSUL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-21: DL search space sharing for CA
+ searchSpaceSharingCA-DL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 6-22: UL search space sharing for CA
+ searchSpaceSharingCA-UL ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-4: 256QAM for PDSCH in FR2
+ pdsch-256QAM-FR2 ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R4 1-5: 256QAM for PUSCH
+ pusch-256QAM ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MIMO-ParametersPerBand ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R1 2-2: PDSCH beam switching
+ timeDurationForQCL SEQUENCE {
+ scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {s7, s14, s28} OPTIONAL,
+ sch-120kHz ENUMERATED {s14, s28} OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-3: PDSCH MIMO layers. Absence of this field implies support of one layer.
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersPDSCH MIMO-LayersDL OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-14: Codebook based PUSCH MIMO transmission. Absence of this field implies that CB-based PUSCH is not supported.
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-15: Non-codebook based PUSCH MIMO transmission. Absence of this field implies that Non-CB-based PUSCH is not supported.
+ maxNumberMIMO-LayersNonCB-PUSCH MIMO-LayersUL OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-4: TCI states for PDSCH
+ maxNumberConfiguredTCIstates ENUMERATED {n4, n8, n16, n32, n64} OPTIONAL,
+ maxNumberActiveTCI-PerCC ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-13: PUSCH transmission coherence
+ pusch-TransCoherence ENUMERATED {nonCoherent, partialNonCoherent, fullCoherent} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-20: Beam correspondence
+ beamCorrespondence ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-21: Periodic beam report on PUCCH
+ periodicBeamReport ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-22: Aperiodic beam report on PUSCH
+ aperiodicBeamReport ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-23: Semi-persistent beam report on PUCCH
+ sp-BeamReportPUCCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-23a: Semi-persistent beam report on PUSCH
+ sp-BeamReportPUSCH ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-24: SSB/CSI-RS for beam management
+ beamManagementSSB-CSI-RS BeamManagementSSB-CSI-RS OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-26: Receiving beam selection using CSI-RS resource repetition "ON"
+ maxNumberRxBeam INTEGER (2..8) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-27: Beam switching (including SSB and CSI-RS)
+ maxNumberRxTxBeamSwitchDL SEQUENCE {
+ scs-15kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-30kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-60kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-120kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL,
+ scs-240kHz ENUMERATED {n4, n7, n14} OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-29: Non-group based beam reporting
+ maxNumberNonGroupBeamReporting ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-29a: Group based beam reporting
+ groupBeamReporting ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-30: UL beam management
+ uplinkBeamManagement SEQUENCE {
+ maxNumberSRS-ResourcePerSet ENUMERATED {n8, n16, n32},
+ maxNumberSRS-ResourceSet INTEGER (1..8)
+ } OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-31: Beam failure recovery
+ maxNumberCSI-RS-BFR INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL,
+ maxNumberSSB-BFR INTEGER (1..64) OPTIONAL,
+ maxNumberCSI-RS-SSB-BFR INTEGER (1..256) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-45 & 2-48: 2 ports of DL/UL PTRS
+ twoPortsPTRS BIT STRING (SIZE (2)) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-53: SRS resources
+ supportedSRS-Resources SRS-Resources OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-55: SRS Tx switch
+ srs-TxSwitch SRS-TxSwitch OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-54a: Simultaneous SRS Tx
+ maxNumberSimultaneousSRS-PerCC INTEGER (1..4) OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 2-57: Support low latency CSI feedback
+ lowLatencyCSI-Feedback ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- R1 2-24: SSB/CSI-RS for beam management
+BeamManagementSSB-CSI-RS ::= SEQUENCE {
+ maxNumberSSB-CSI-RS-ResourceOneTx ENUMERATED {n8, n16, n32, n64},
+ maxNumberSSB-CSI-RS-ResourceTwoTx ENUMERATED {n0, n4, n8, n16, n32, n64},
+ supportedCSI-RS-Density ENUMERATED {one, three, oneAndThree}
+}
+
+-- R1 2-53: SRS resources
+SRS-Resources ::= SEQUENCE {
+ maxNumberAperiodicSRS-PerBWP ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16},
+ maxNumberAperiodicSRS-PerBWP-PerSlot INTEGER (1..6),
+ maxNumberPeriodicSRS-PerBWP ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4, n8, n16},
+ maxNumberPeriodicSRS-PerBWP-PerSlot INTEGER (1..6),
+ maxNumberSemiPersitentSRS-PerBWP ENUMERATED {n0, n1, n2, n4, n8, n16},
+ maxNumberSP-SRS-PerBWP-PerSlot INTEGER (0..6),
+ maxNumberSRS-Ports-PerResource ENUMERATED {n1, n2, n4}
+}
+-- R1 2-55: SRS Tx switch
+SRS-TxSwitch ::= SEQUENCE {
+ supportedSRS-TxPortSwitch ENUMERATED {t1r2, t1r4, t2r4, t1r4-t2r4},
+ txSwitchImpactToRx ENUMERATED {true} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+PDCP-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ supportedROHC-Profiles SEQUENCE {
+ profile0x0000 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0001 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0002 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0003 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0004 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0006 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0101 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0102 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0103 BOOLEAN,
+ profile0x0104 BOOLEAN
+ },
+ maxNumberROHC-ContextSessions ENUMERATED {cs2, cs4, cs8, cs12, cs16, cs24, cs32, cs48, cs64, cs128, cs256, cs512, cs1024, cs16384, spare2, spare1},
+ uplinkOnlyROHC-Profiles ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ continueROHC-Context ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ outOfOrderDelivery ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ shortSN ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+RLC-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ am-WithShortSN ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ um-WithShortSN ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ um-WIthLongSN ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MAC-Parameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ mac-ParametersCommon MAC-ParametersCommon OPTIONAL,
+ mac-ParametersXDD-Diff MAC-ParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MAC-ParametersCommon ::= SEQUENCE {
+ lcp-Restriction ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 4-24: PUCCH-spatialrelationinfo indication by a MAC CE per PUCCH resource
+ pucch-SpatialRelInfoMAC-CE ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MAC-ParametersXDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+ skipUplinkTxDynamic ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ longDRX-Cycle ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ shortDRX-Cycle ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ multipleSR-Configurations ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ -- If supported UE supports 8 SR configurations, otherwise 1 SR config is supported.
+ -- Confirmation is needed whether to align the number to what the configuration signalling can support.
+ multipleConfiguredGrantConfigurations ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+ -- If supported UE supports 16 configured grant configurations, otherwise 1 ConfiguredGrant config is supported.
+ -- Confirmation is needed whether to align the number to what the configuration signalling can support, and to consider whether the 16 refers
+ -- to the configurations or the active ones only (as they are within the BWP).
+}
+
+MeasParameters ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measParametersXDD-Diff MeasParametersXDD-Diff OPTIONAL,
+ measParametersFRX-Diff MeasParametersFRX-Diff OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MeasParametersXDD-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+ intraAndInterF-MeasAndReport ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+ eventA-MeasAndReport ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+ -- Confirmation is needed on the need of capability/IOT signaling in LTE for support of the additional measurement gap configurations.
+}
+
+MeasParametersFRX-Diff ::= SEQUENCE {
+-- R1 1-3: SSB based SINR measurement
+ ss-SINR-Meas ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 1-5: CSI-RS based RRM measurement with associated SS-block
+ csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 1-5a: CSI-RS based RRM measurement without associated SS-block
+ csi-RSRP-AndRSRQ-MeasWithoutSSB ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 1-6: CSI-RS based SINR measurement
+ csi-SINR-Meas ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL,
+-- R1 1-7: CSI-RS based RLM
+ csi-RS-RLM ENUMERATED {supported} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-UE-NR-CAPABILITY-STOP
+-- TAG-RRC-TRANSACTIONIDENTIFIER-START
+
+RRC-TransactionIdentifier ::= INTEGER (0..3)
+
+-- TAG-RRC-TRANSACTIONIDENTIFIER-STOP
+-- TAG-MULTIPLICITY-AND-TYPE-CONSTRAINT-DEFINITIONS-START
+
+maxBandComb INTEGER ::= 65536 -- Maximum number of DL band combinations
+maxBasebandProcComb INTEGER ::= 65536 -- Maximum number of baseband processing combinations
+maxNrofServingCells INTEGER ::= 32 -- Max number of serving cells (SpCell + SCells) per cell group
+maxNrofServingCells-1 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Max number of serving cells (SpCell + SCells) per cell group minus 1
+maxNrofAggregatedCellsPerCellGroup INTEGER ::= 16
+maxNrofSCells INTEGER ::= 31 -- Max number of secondary serving cells per cell group
+maxNrofCellMeas INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of entries in each of the cell lists in a measurement object
+maxNrofSS-BlocksToAverage INTEGER ::= 16 -- Max number for the (max) number of SS blocks to average to determine cell
+ -- measurement
+maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesToAverage INTEGER ::= 16 -- Max number for the (max) number of CSI-RS to average to determine cell
+ -- measurement
+maxNrofDL-Allocations INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of PDSCH time domain resource allocations
+
+maxNrofSR-ConfigPerCellGroup INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of SR configurations per cell group
+
+maxLCG-ID INTEGER ::= 7 -- Maximum value of LCG ID
+maxLC-ID INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum value of Logical Channel ID
+maxNrofTAGs INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of Timing Advance Groups
+maxNrofTAGs-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of Timing Advance Groups minus 1
+
+maxNrofBWPs INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of BWPs per serving cell
+maxNrofSymbols-1 INTEGER ::= 13 -- Maximum index identifying a symbol within a slot (14 symbols, indexed from 0..13)
+maxNrofSlots INTEGER ::= 320 -- Maximum number of slots in a 10 ms period
+maxNrofSlots-1 INTEGER ::= 319 -- Maximum number of slots in a 10 ms period minus 1
+
+maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks INTEGER ::= 275 -- Maximum number of PRBs
+maxNrofPhysicalResourceBlocks-1 INTEGER ::= 274 -- Maximum number of PRBs
+maxNrofControlResourceSets INTEGER ::= 12 -- Max number of CoReSets configurable on a serving cell
+maxNrofControlResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 11 -- Max number of CoReSets configurable on a serving cell minus 1
+maxCoReSetDuration INTEGER ::= 3 -- Max number of OFDM symbols in a control resource set
+maxNrofSearchSpaces INTEGER ::= 40 -- Max number of Search Spaces
+maxNrofSearchSpaces-1 INTEGER ::= 39 -- Max number of Search Spaces minus 1
+maxSFI-DCI-PayloadSize INTEGER ::= 128 -- Max number payload of a DCI scrambled with SFI-RNTI
+maxSFI-DCI-PayloadSize-1 INTEGER ::= 127 -- Max number payload of a DCI scrambled with SFI-RNTI minus 1
+maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize INTEGER ::= 126 -- Max number payload of a DCI scrambled with INT-RNTI
+maxINT-DCI-PayloadSize-1 INTEGER ::= 125 -- Max number payload of a DCI scrambled with INT-RNTI minus 1
+maxNrofRateMatchPatterns INTEGER ::= 4 -- Max number of rate matching patterns that may be configured
+maxNrofRateMatchPatterns-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Max number of rate matching patterns that may be configured minus 1
+
+maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations INTEGER ::= 48 -- Maximum number of report configurations
+maxNrofCSI-ReportConfigurations-1 INTEGER ::= 47 -- Maximum number of report configurations minus 1
+
+maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations INTEGER ::= 112 -- Maximum number of resource configurations
+maxNrofCSI-ResourceConfigurations-1 INTEGER ::= 111 -- Maximum number of resource configurations minus 1
+
+maxNrofAP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 16
+maxNrOfCSI-AperiodicTriggers INTEGER ::= 128 -- Maximum number of triggers for aperiodic CSI reporting
+maxNrofReportConfigPerAperiodicTrigger INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of report configurations per trigger state for aperiodic reporting
+
+maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources INTEGER ::= 192 -- Maximum number of Non-Zero-Power (NZP) CSI-RS resources
+maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 191 -- Maximum number of Non-Zero-Power (NZP) CSI-RS resources minus 1
+maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of NZP CSI-RS resources per resource set
+maxNrofNZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSetsPerConfig INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of resource sets per resource configuration
+
+maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of Zero-Power (NZP) CSI-RS resources
+maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Maximum number of Zero-Power (NZP) CSI-RS resources minus 1
+maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 16
+maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 16
+maxNrofZP-CSI-RS-Sets INTEGER ::= 16
+
+maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of CSI-IM resources. See CSI-IM-ResourceMax in 38.214.
+maxNrofCSI-IM-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Maximum number of CSI-IM resources minus 1. See CSI-IM-ResourceMax in 38.214.
+maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of CSI-IM resources per set. See CSI-IM-ResourcePerSetMax in 38.214
+maxNrofCSI-IM-ResourceSetsPerConfig INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of CSI IM resource sets per resource configuration
+
+maxNrofSSB-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of SSB resources in a resource set minus 1
+maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourcePerSet INTEGER ::= 64
+maxNrofCSI-SSB-ResourceSetsPerConfig INTEGER ::= 1 -- Maximum number of CSI SSB resource sets per resource configuration
+
+maxNrofFailureDetectionResources INTEGER ::= 10 -- Maximum number of failure detection resources
+
+maxNrofObjectId INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of measurement objects
+maxNrofPCI-Ranges INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of PCI ranges
+maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM INTEGER ::= 96 -- Maximum number of CSI-RS resources for an RRM measurement object
+maxNrofCSI-RS-ResourcesRRM-1 INTEGER ::= 95 -- Maximum number of CSI-RS resources for an RRM measurement object minus 1
+maxNrofMeasId INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of configured measurements
+maxNrofQuantityConfig INTEGER ::= 2 -- Maximum number of quantity configurations
+maxNrofCSI-RS-CellsRRM INTEGER ::= 96 -- Maximum number of FFS
+
+maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of SRS resource sets in a BWP.
+maxNrofSRS-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 15 -- Maximum number of SRS resource sets in a BWP minus 1.
+maxNrofSRS-Resources INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of SRS resources in an SRS resource set.
+maxNrofSRS-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of SRS resources in an SRS resource set minus 1.
+maxNrofSRS-TriggerStates-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of SRS trigger states minus 1, i.e., the largest code point.
+maxRAT-CapabilityContainers INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of interworking RAT containers (incl NR and MRDC)
+maxSimultaneousBands INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of simultaneously aggregated bands
+
+
+maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerCell INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of
+maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerSet INTEGER ::= 4096 -- Maximum number of Slot Format Combinations in a SF-Set.
+maxNrofSlotFormatCombinationsPerSet-1 INTEGER ::= 4095 -- Maximum number of Slot Format Combinations in a SF-Set minus 1.
+maxNrofPUCCH-Resources INTEGER ::= 128
+maxNrofPUCCH-Resources-1 INTEGER ::= 127
+maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of PUCCH Resource Sets
+maxNrofPUCCH-ResourceSets-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of PUCCH Resource Sets minus 1.
+maxNrofPUCCH-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of PUCCH Resources per PUCCH-ResourceSet
+maxNrofPUCCH-ResourcesPerSet-1 INTEGER ::= 31 -- Maximum number of PUCCH Resources per PUCCH-ResourceSet minus 1.
+maxNrofPUCCH-P0-PerSet INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of P0-pucch present in a p0-pucch set
+maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReferenceRSs INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of RSs used as pathloss reference for PUCCH power control.
+maxNrofPUCCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of RSs used as pathloss reference for PUCCH power control minus 1.
+
+maxNrofP0-PUSCH-AlphaSets INTEGER ::= 30 -- Maximum number of P0-pusch-alpha-sets (see 38,213, section 7.1)
+maxNrofP0-PUSCH-AlphaSets-1 INTEGER ::= 29 -- Maximum number of P0-pusch-alpha-sets minus 1 (see 38,213, section 7.1)
+maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs INTEGER ::= 4 -- Maximum number of RSs used as pathloss reference for PUSCH power control.
+maxNrofPUSCH-PathlossReferenceRSs-1 INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of RSs used as pathloss reference for PUSCH power control minus 1.
+
+maxBands INTEGER ::= 1024 -- Maximum number of supported bands in UE capability.
+maxBandsMRDC INTEGER ::= 1280
+maxBandsEUTRA INTEGER ::= 256
+maxCellPrep INTEGER ::= 32
+maxCellReport INTEGER ::= 8
+maxDRB INTEGER ::= 29 -- Maximum number of DRBs (that can be added in DRB-ToAddModLIst).
+maxFreq INTEGER ::= 8 -- Max number of non-serving frequencies in MeasResultSCG-Failure.
+maxNrofCSI-RS INTEGER ::= 64
+maxNrofCandidateBeams INTEGER ::= 16 -- Max number of PRACH-ResourceDedicatedBFR that in BFR config.
+maxNrofPCIsPerSMTC INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximun number of PCIs per SMTC.
+maxNrofQFIs INTEGER ::= 64
+maxNrofSR-Resources INTEGER ::= 8 -- Maximum number of SR resources per BWP in a cell.
+maxNrofSlotFormatsPerCombination INTEGER ::= 256
+maxNrofSpatialRelationInfos INTEGER ::= 8
+maxNrofSRS-ResourcesPerSet INTEGER ::= 16
+maxNrofIndexesToReport INTEGER ::= 32
+maxNrofSSBs INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of SSB resources in a resource set.
+maxNrofSSBs-1 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of SSB resources in a resource set minus 1.
+
+maxNrofTCI-StatesPDCCH INTEGER ::= 64
+maxNrofTCI-States INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of TCI states.
+maxNrofTCI-States-1 INTEGER ::= 63 -- Maximum number of TCI states minus 1.
+maxNrofUL-Allocations INTEGER ::= 16 -- Maximum number of PUSCH time domain resource allocations.
+maxQFI INTEGER ::= 63
+maxRA-CSIRS-Resources INTEGER ::= 96
+maxRA-OccasionsPerCSIRS INTEGER ::= 64 -- Maximum number of RA occasions for one CSI-RS
+maxRA-Occasions-1 INTEGER ::= 511 -- Maximum number of RA occasions in the system
+maxRA-SSB-Resources INTEGER ::= 64
+maxSCSs INTEGER ::= 5
+maxSecondaryCellGroups INTEGER ::= 3
+maxNrofServingCellsEUTRA INTEGER ::= 32
+maxMBSFN-Allocations INTEGER ::= 8
+maxNrofMultiBands INTEGER ::= 8
+maxCellSFTD INTEGER ::= 3 -- Maximum number of cells for SFTD reporting
+maxReportConfigId INTEGER ::= 64
+
+maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings INTEGER ::= 16
+maxNrofSRI-PUSCH-Mappings-1 INTEGER ::= 15
+
+-- Editor’s Note: Targeted for completion in June 2018. Not used in EN-DC drop.
+CellIdentity ::= ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue}
+ShortMAC-I ::= ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue}
+
+-- TAG-MULTIPLICITY-AND-TYPE-CONSTRAINT-DEFINITIONS-STOP
+
+END
+
+
+NR-UE-Variables DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
+
+BEGIN
+
+IMPORTS
+ MeasId,
+ MeasIdToAddModList,
+ MeasObjectToAddModList,
+ PhysCellId,
+ ReportConfigToAddModList,
+ RSRP-Range,
+ QuantityConfig,
+ maxNrofCellMeas,
+ maxNrofMeasId
+FROM NR-RRC-Definitions;
+
+-- TAG-VAR-MEAS-CONFIG-START
+
+VarMeasConfig ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- Measurement identities
+ measIdList MeasIdToAddModList OPTIONAL,
+ -- Measurement objects
+ measObjectList MeasObjectToAddModList OPTIONAL,
+ -- Reporting configurations
+ reportConfigList ReportConfigToAddModList OPTIONAL,
+ -- Other parameters
+ quantityConfig QuantityConfig OPTIONAL,
+
+ s-MeasureConfig CHOICE {
+ ssb-RSRP RSRP-Range,
+ csi-RSRP RSRP-Range
+ } OPTIONAL
+
+}
+
+-- TAG-VAR-MEAS-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-VAR-MEAS-REPORT-START
+
+VarMeasReportList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofMeasId)) OF VarMeasReport
+
+VarMeasReport ::= SEQUENCE {
+ -- List of measurement that have been triggered
+ measId MeasId,
+ cellsTriggeredList CellsTriggeredList OPTIONAL,
+ numberOfReportsSent INTEGER
+}
+
+CellsTriggeredList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofCellMeas)) OF CHOICE {
+ physCellId PhysCellId,
+-- Not needed for EN-DC.
+ physCellIdEUTRA ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue}
+ }
+
+
+-- TAG-VAR-MEAS-REPORT-STOP
+
+END
+
+-- TAG_NR-INTER-NODE-DEFINITIONS-START
+
+NR-InterNodeDefinitions DEFINITIONS AUTOMATIC TAGS ::=
+
+BEGIN
+
+IMPORTS
+ ARFCN-ValueNR,
+ CellIdentity,
+ CSI-RS-Index,
+ GapConfig,
+ maxBandComb,
+ maxBasebandProcComb,
+ maxNrofSCells,
+ maxNrofIndexesToReport,
+ MeasQuantityResults,
+ MeasResultSCG-Failure,
+ MeasResultCellListSFTD,
+ P-Max,
+ PhysCellId,
+ RadioBearerConfig,
+ RRCReconfiguration,
+ ServCellIndex,
+ SSB-Index,
+ ShortMAC-I,
+ UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList
+FROM NR-RRC-Definitions;
+
+-- TAG_NR-INTER-NODE-DEFINITIONS-STOP
+-- TAG-HANDOVER-COMMAND-START
+
+HandoverCommand ::= SEQUENCE {
+ criticalExtensions CHOICE {
+ c1 CHOICE{
+ handoverCommand HandoverCommand-IEs,
+ spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
+ },
+ criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
+ }
+}
+
+HandoverCommand-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
+ handoverCommandMessage OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration),
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+-- TAG-HANDOVER-COMMAND-STOP
+-- TAG-HANDOVER-PREPARATION-INFORMATION-START
+
+HandoverPreparationInformation ::= SEQUENCE {
+ criticalExtensions CHOICE {
+ c1 CHOICE{
+ handoverPreparationInformation HandoverPreparationInformation-IEs,
+ spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
+ },
+ criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
+ }
+}
+
+HandoverPreparationInformation-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ue-CapabilityRAT-List UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList,
+ sourceConfig OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration),
+ rrm-Config RRM-Config OPTIONAL,
+ as-Context AS-Context OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+AS-Context ::= SEQUENCE {
+ reestablishmentInfo SEQUENCE {
+ sourcePhysCellId PhysCellId,
+ targetCellShortMAC-I ShortMAC-I,
+ additionalReestabInfoList ReestabNCellInfoList OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+ -- FFS Whether to change e.g. move all re-establishment info to Xx
+ configRestrictInfo ConfigRestrictInfoSCG OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+ReestabNCellInfoList ::= SEQUENCE ( SIZE (1..maxCellPrep) ) OF ReestabNCellInfo
+
+ReestabNCellInfo::= SEQUENCE{
+ cellIdentity CellIdentity,
+ key-gNodeB-Star BIT STRING (SIZE (256)),
+ shortMAC-I ShortMAC-I
+}
+
+RRM-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ue-InactiveTime ENUMERATED {
+ s1, s2, s3, s5, s7, s10, s15, s20,
+ s25, s30, s40, s50, min1, min1s20c, min1s40,
+ min2, min2s30, min3, min3s30, min4, min5, min6,
+ min7, min8, min9, min10, min12, min14, min17, min20,
+ min24, min28, min33, min38, min44, min50, hr1,
+ hr1min30, hr2, hr2min30, hr3, hr3min30, hr4, hr5, hr6,
+ hr8, hr10, hr13, hr16, hr20, day1, day1hr12, day2,
+ day2hr12, day3, day4, day5, day7, day10, day14, day19,
+ day24, day30, dayMoreThan30} OPTIONAL ,
+ candidateCellInfoList CandidateCellInfoList OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-HANDOVER-PREPARATION-INFORMATION-STOP
+-- TAG-CG-CONFIG-START
+
+CG-Config ::= SEQUENCE {
+ criticalExtensions CHOICE {
+ c1 CHOICE{
+ cg-Config CG-Config-IEs,
+ spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
+ },
+ criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
+ }
+}
+
+CG-Config-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
+ scg-CellGroupConfig OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration) OPTIONAL,
+ scg-RB-Config OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig) OPTIONAL,
+ configRestrictModReq ConfigRestrictModReqSCG OPTIONAL,
+ drx-InfoSCG DRX-Info OPTIONAL,
+ candidateCellInfoListSN OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CandidateCellInfoList) OPTIONAL,
+ measConfigSN MeasConfigSN OPTIONAL,
+ selectedBandCombinationNR BandCombinationIndex OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MeasConfigSN ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measuredFrequenciesFR1 SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasFreqsMN)) OF NR-FreqInfo OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+NR-FreqInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measuredFrequency ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+ConfigRestrictModReqSCG ::= SEQUENCE {
+ requestedBC-MRDC BandCombinationIndex OPTIONAL,
+ requestedBPC-ListMRDC BPC-IndexList OPTIONAL,
+ requestedP-MaxFR1 P-Max OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+BandCombinationIndex ::= INTEGER (1..maxBandComb)
+
+-- TAG-CG-CONFIG-STOP
+-- TAG-CG-CONFIG-INFO-START
+
+CG-ConfigInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
+ criticalExtensions CHOICE {
+ c1 CHOICE{
+ cg-ConfigInfo CG-ConfigInfo-IEs,
+ spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
+ },
+ criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
+ }
+}
+
+CG-ConfigInfo-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ue-CapabilityInfo OCTET STRING (CONTAINING UE-CapabilityRAT-ContainerList) OPTIONAL,-- Cond SN-Addition
+ candidateCellInfoListMN CandidateCellInfoList OPTIONAL,
+ candidateCellInfoListSN OCTET STRING (CONTAINING CandidateCellInfoList) OPTIONAL,
+ measResultCellListSFTD MeasResultCellListSFTD OPTIONAL,
+ scgFailureInfo SEQUENCE {
+ failureType ENUMERATED { t310-Expiry, randomAccessProblem,
+ rlc-MaxNumRetx, scg-ChangeFailure,
+ scg-reconfigFailure,
+ srb3-IntegrityFailure},
+ measResultSCG OCTET STRING (CONTAINING MeasResultSCG-Failure)
+ } OPTIONAL,
+ configRestrictInfo ConfigRestrictInfoSCG OPTIONAL,
+ drx-InfoMCG DRX-Info OPTIONAL,
+ measConfigMN MeasConfigMN OPTIONAL,
+ sourceConfigSCG OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RRCReconfiguration) OPTIONAL,
+ scg-RB-Config OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig) OPTIONAL,
+ mcg-RB-Config OCTET STRING (CONTAINING RadioBearerConfig) OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+ConfigRestrictInfoSCG ::= SEQUENCE {
+ allowedBC-ListMRDC BandCombinationIndexList OPTIONAL,
+ allowedBPC-ListMRDC BPC-IndexList OPTIONAL,
+ powerCoordination-FR1 SEQUENCE {
+ p-maxNR P-Max OPTIONAL,
+ p-maxEUTRA P-Max OPTIONAL
+ } OPTIONAL,
+ servCellIndexRangeSCG SEQUENCE {
+ lowBound ServCellIndex,
+ upBound ServCellIndex
+ } OPTIONAL, -- Cond SN-Addition
+ maxMeasFreqsSCG-NR INTEGER(1..maxMeasFreqsMN) OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+BandCombinationIndexList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBandComb)) OF BandCombinationIndex
+
+BPC-IndexList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxBasebandProcComb)) OF BPC-Index
+BPC-Index ::= INTEGER (1..maxBasebandProcComb)
+
+DRX-Info ::= SEQUENCE {
+ drx-LongCycleStartOffset CHOICE {
+ ms10 INTEGER(0..9),
+ ms20 INTEGER(0..19),
+ ms32 INTEGER(0..31),
+ ms40 INTEGER(0..39),
+ ms60 INTEGER(0..59),
+ ms64 INTEGER(0..63),
+ ms70 INTEGER(0..69),
+ ms80 INTEGER(0..79),
+ ms128 INTEGER(0..127),
+ ms160 INTEGER(0..159),
+ ms256 INTEGER(0..255),
+ ms320 INTEGER(0..319),
+ ms512 INTEGER(0..511),
+ ms640 INTEGER(0..639),
+ ms1024 INTEGER(0..1023),
+ ms1280 INTEGER(0..1279),
+ ms2048 INTEGER(0..2047),
+ ms2560 INTEGER(0..2559),
+ ms5120 INTEGER(0..5119),
+ ms10240 INTEGER(0..10239)
+ },
+ shortDRX SEQUENCE {
+ drx-ShortCycle ENUMERATED {
+ ms2, ms3, ms4, ms5, ms6, ms7, ms8, ms10, ms14, ms16, ms20, ms30, ms32,
+ ms35, ms40, ms64, ms80, ms128, ms160, ms256, ms320, ms512, ms640, spare9,
+ spare8, spare7, spare6, spare5, spare4, spare3, spare2, spare1 },
+ drx-ShortCycleTimer INTEGER (1..16)
+ } OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MeasConfigMN ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measuredFrequenciesMN SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasFreqsMN)) OF NR-FreqInfo OPTIONAL,
+ measGapConfigFR1 GapConfig OPTIONAL,
+ gapPurpose ENUMERATED {perUE, perFR1} OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+
+-- TAG-CG-CONFIG-INFO-STOP
+-- TAG-MEASUREMENT-TIMING-CONFIGURATION-START
+
+MeasurementTimingConfiguration ::= SEQUENCE {
+ criticalExtensions CHOICE {
+ c1 CHOICE{
+ measTimingConf MeasurementTimingConfiguration-IEs,
+ spare3 NULL, spare2 NULL, spare1 NULL
+ },
+ criticalExtensionsFuture SEQUENCE {}
+ }
+}
+
+MeasurementTimingConfiguration-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {
+ measTiming MeasTimingList OPTIONAL,
+ nonCriticalExtension SEQUENCE {} OPTIONAL
+}
+
+MeasTimingList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxMeasFreqsMN)) OF MeasTiming
+
+MeasTiming ::= SEQUENCE {
+ carrierFreq ARFCN-ValueNR OPTIONAL,
+ ssb-MeasurementTimingConfiguration ENUMERATED {ffsTypeAndValue} OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-MEASUREMENT-TIMING-CONFIGURATION-STOP
+-- TAG-CANDIDATE-CELL-INFO-LIST-START
+
+CandidateCellInfoList ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1.. maxNrofSCells)) OF CandidateCellInfo
+
+CandidateCellInfo ::= SEQUENCE {
+ cellIdentification SEQUENCE {
+ physCellId PhysCellId,
+ dl-CarrierFreq ARFCN-ValueNR
+ },
+ measResultCell MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL,
+ candidateRS-IndexListSSB CandidateRS-IndexInfoListSSB OPTIONAL,
+ candidateRS-IndexListCSI-RS CandidateRS-IndexInfoListCSI-RS OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+CandidateRS-IndexInfoListSSB ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport)) OF CandidateRS-IndexInfoSSB
+
+CandidateRS-IndexInfoSSB ::= SEQUENCE {
+ ssb-Index SSB-Index,
+ measResultSSB MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+CandidateRS-IndexInfoListCSI-RS ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxNrofIndexesToReport)) OF CandidateRS-IndexInfoCSI-RS
+
+CandidateRS-IndexInfoCSI-RS ::= SEQUENCE {
+ csi-RS-Index CSI-RS-Index,
+ measResultCSI-RS MeasQuantityResults OPTIONAL,
+ ...
+}
+
+-- TAG-CANDIDATE-CELL-INFO-LIST-STOP
+-- TAG_NR-MULTIPLICITY-AND-CONSTRAINTS-START
+
+maxMeasFreqsMN INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of MN-configured measurement frequencies
+maxCellPrep INTEGER ::= 32 -- Maximum number of cells prepared for handover
+
+-- TAG_NR-MULTIPLICITY-AND-CONSTRAINTS-STOP
+-- TAG_NR-INTER-NODE-DEFINITIONS-END-START
+
+END
+
+-- TAG_NR-INTER-NODE-DEFINITIONS-END-STOP
+-- TAG-NAME-START
+
+-- TAG-NAME-STOP